sardar patel universityspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/p g board encl - 1.pdfhandbook of plant cell...

236
SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY Revised syllabus (CBCS) of  M.Sc. (Integrated) Biotechnology Semester VII to VIII (Effective from June 2020) Semester IX to X (Effective from June 2021) (General Biotechnology, Industrial Biotechnology, Environmental Biotechnology & Medical Biotechnology)

Upload: others

Post on 31-May-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY 

Revised syllabus (CBCS) 

of  

M.Sc. (Integrated) Biotechnology Semester VII to VIII (Effective from June 2020) 

Semester IX to X (Effective from June 2021) 

(General Biotechnology, Industrial Biotechnology, Environmental Biotechnology & Medical 

Biotechnology)

Page 2: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

1  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VII

Core Course

PS07CIBG21 Cell Communication & Cell Signalling T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG22 Molecular Diagnostic Techniques & Gene Therapy T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG23 Food Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG24 Practical Based on PS07CIBG21 & PS07CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG25 Practical Based on PS07CIBG23& PS07EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS07EIBG21 Plant Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG22 Microbial Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG23 Environmental Chemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG24 Clinical biochemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 3: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

2  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CELL COMMUNICATION AND CELL SIGNALING

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Introduction membranestructure, transport across it, intracellular vesicular traffic

2. Cytoskeletal structures, cell cycle

3. Introduction to various signalling pathways in living system, types of receptors

4. Pathways of intracellular transduction

UNITI: Cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesion: Cell adhesive molecules, cell junctions, cadherins mediate cell-cell adhesion, Desmosomes, Tight junction Integrins Mediate cell-ECM adhesion, Gap junction, Plasmodesmata Basal lamina and extra cellular matrix. Cell Cycle – Phases of Cell Cycle, functional importance of each phase, Molecular events during cell cycle, Check points. General account on programmed cell death (Apoptosis)- intrinsic and extrinsic pathways UNITII: Mechanisms of Cell communication: General principles of cell communication, Introduction to signalling Receptors (GPCRs, Ion Channel Coupled receptors, Enzyme coupled receptors) and ligands, Signalling through G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) - Adenylyl Cyclase, Phospholipase C and small mediators, heterotrimeric G-proteins,effectors, Secondary messenger: NO, Calcium, cAMP Tyrosine kinase receptors, Cytokine receptors, Src kinases UNITIII: Pathways of intracellular transduction:Wnt and Hedgehog Signaling, Notch/Delta signaling, ras/MAPK pathways, Mitogenic signaling Cytokine signaling/JAK-STAT/mTOR, NFkappa B signaling, TGF Beta signaling, PI3-kinase Lipid Signaling Unit IV:Host Parasite interaction: Recognition and entry process of different pathogens like bacteria, viruses into cells.

Page 4: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

3  

Alteration of host cell behaviour by pathogens. Cancer: Genetic rearrangement in progenitor cells, oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P.DeRobertis and E.M.P.DeRobertis. 8th Edition, Reprinted -2007) B.I.PublicationsPvt. Ltd.(Indian Edition).ISBN: 0-7817-3493-2.

2. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments by Gerald Karp.5th Edition, Wiley International Edition, John Wiley&Sons,Inc. ISBN:0-471-65665-8.

3. Molecular Biology of THE CELL by Albert et al.4th Edition, 2002, Garland Science, Taylor & Francis Group. ISBN: 0-8153-3218-1

4. The Cell – A Molecular Approach By Geoffrey M. Cooper And Robert E. Hassman. 3rd Edition, 2004, ASM Press, Sinauer Associates, Inc.ISBN:0-87893-214-3.

5. Molecular cell Biology by Harvey Lodish, 5th Edition, (2004) W.H.Freeman and Company, New York.ISBN:0-7167-4366-3.

6. Cell Biology by C.B. Powar.(Reprinted-2004)Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 7. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology by P.S. Verma and

V.K. Agarwal(Reprinted -2007) Pub.S.Chand& Company Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi. 8. Cytology by P.S. Verma and V.K. Agarwal (Reprinted -2006) Pub:S.Chand& Company

Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi-110055.ISBN: 81-219-0814-0. PRACTICALS:

1. Mitosis preparation 2. Meiosis preparation 3. Histological localization of DNA and RNA 4. Histone protein localization 5. Nucleolus localization 6. Enzyme localization 7. Protein localization 8. Lipid localization 9. PAS reaction for GAG molecules

Page 5: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

4  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES & GENE

THERAPY COURSE CODE: PS07CIBG22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Quality rgulation and assurance in molecular diagnostic labs

2 Techniques used in molecular diagnostic labs

3 Various infctious diseases

4 Genetic disorders and inborn error of metabolism

UNIT I: Molecular Diagnostic Laboratory

Quality control, Record, investigation of epidemic and endemic diseases. Design and

operation of the molecular Diagnostic laboratory: Introduction, Space and Design

consideration, Operational consideration, Documents, Records, Sample retention, Result

reporting, Quality assurance and Quality improvement.

UNIT II: Techniques used in molecular Diagnostic Laboratory

Gene Mutation Nomenclature,Detection of gene mutation: Hybridization-Based Methods-

Single-Strand Conformation Polymorphism, Denaturing Gradient Gel Electrophoresis,

Allele-Specific Oligomer Hybridization, Melt Curve Analysis, Inversion Probe Assay,

Heteroduplex Analysis, Array Technology Sequencing (Polymerization)-Based Methods –

Sequence-Specific PCR, Protein Truncation Test.

Cleavage Methods Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms, Heteroduplex Analysis

With Single-Strand Specific Nucleases, Invader Assay, Chemical Cleavage.

UNIT III:Infectious and Genetic disorders

Bacterial-Tuberculosis; Viral-AIDS, Human Papilloma Virus, Herpes, Hepatitis-C; parasitic

diseases- Neiseriagonorrhoeae, malaria, Cystic fibrosis, Triple repeat.

Page 6: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

5  

UNIT IV: Genetic and Biomarker based disease diagnostics

Polygenetic disorder – e.g. Diabetes.

Inborn error of metabolism: Lipidosis-, Lysomal storages disorders-, glycogen storage

disorders- Gaucher and Pompe,Tumor markers: Enzymes, Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA),

Hormones and protein markers, Biochemical, Molecular and cytogenetics test for Acquired

disease.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Buckingham L and Flaws (2007) ML MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS: Fundamentals, Methods, & Clinical Applications ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1659-2

2. Nyhan William L, Barshop Bruce A, Ozand Pinar T. (2005) Atlas of Metabolic Diseases Second edition ISBN 0 340 809701

3. MousumiDebnath, Godavarthi B.K.S. Prasad, Prakash S. Bisen Molecular (2010) Diagnostics: Promises and Possibilities ISBN 978-90-481-3260-7

4. Burtis AC, Ashwood ER, Bruns DE (2006) Tietz text book of Clinical Biochemistry and Molecular Diagnostics 4th edition ISBN-13: 978-0-7216-0189-2 ISBN-10 0-7216-0189-8

PRACTICALS:

1. Collection of clinical infective samples

2. PCR based diagnosis – of Tuberculosis or HPV

3. PAGE: band detection of enzyme variants.

4. Screening of mucopolysaccharidosis by analysis of urinary glucoamenoglycanes.

5. Diagnosis of malaria using nested PCR

Page 7: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

6  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBG23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Opportunities and applications of food biotechnology

2 Probiotics and prebiotics: their sigificance and guidelines for use

3 Production of genetically modified foods, guidelines for their production And release

4 Application of biotechnology in improving nutritional value of food UNIT I: Scope of food biotechnology Food as a substrate Role of Microbes in food Biotechnology – Bacteria, yeasts and moulds Food Spoilage a) General principles underlying food spoilage and contamination. b) Spoilage of canned food,vegetables, fruits, meat and meat products,milk and milk products fish and seafood UNIT II: Food poisoning Food borne pathogens a) Bacterial food borne infections and intoxications- Brucella, Campylobacter, Clostridium, Escherichia (ETEC/EHEC/EPEC/EAEC), Salmonella, Shigella, Listeria and Vibrio b) Non- bacterial food borne infections and intoxications- Protozoa, fungi& viruses UNIT III: a) Food preservation Principles of food preservation – Physical and chemical preservation methods, Bio preservatives b) Starter cultures for dairy &fermented foods Oriental fermented foods: Shoyu and Tempeh Fermented milk products: Yogurt and Kefir Fermented vegetables – Sauerkraut

Page 8: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

7  

UNIT IV: Genetically modified foods Food research organizations/institutes in India Food sanitation – Microbiology of food plant sanitation, water and milk testing Food laws and quality control – HACCP, Codex Alimentarius, PFA, FPO, MFPO, BIS,AGMARK.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Food Microbiology, Frazier and Westhoff 2. Food microbiology, Adam and Moss 3. Dairy Microbiology by Robinson. Volume I and II. 4. Fundamental Food Microbiology, Bibek Ray and ArunBhuniya

PRACTICALS:

1. Microbiological examination of fresh and canned foods 2. Microbiological examination of spoiled foods and fruits 3. Microbiological examination of milk by Breeds method 4. Microbiological quality testing of milk (MBRT test) 5. Extraction of Mycotoxins from contaminated grains/foods. 6. Detoxification of mycotoxins. 7. Isolation, Screening and Identification of bacterial probiotics like LAB 8. Isolation, Screening and Identification probiotic yeast 9. Microbiological examination of mushrooms

Page 9: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

8  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Tools and techniques of plant genetic engineering

2 Molecular biology of nitrogen fixation, nif gene transfer, herbicide resistant plants

production

3 Trasngenic plants for agriculture and commercial applications

4 Plant tissue culture techniques

UNIT I: Plant biotechnology present scenario, Micropropogation and its application; Types of different organ culture and its application; Somaclonal variation: Introduction, Different pathways of somaclonal variation; factor affecting of somaclonal variation, Detection of somaclonal variation; Somaclonal variation its application in crop improvement.

UNIT II: Chloroplast transformation: Structure of chloroplast; Plastid chromosome; Transformation methods-Agrobacterium mediated transformation, Particle gun method, Gene replacement, Gene insertion; Limitation of chloroplast transformation; Application of chloroplast transformation.

UNIT III: Secondary metabolite: Role of secondary metabolites, Basic biosynthetic pathways, Techniques used in biosynthesis, Source of secondary metabolites; criteria for cell selection, factor affecting the culture of cells, Different bioreactors and their use in secondary metabolites production, Production of bioactive secondary metabolites by plant tissue culture.

UNIT IV: Transgenic plants production: Development of abiotic (Insect, Disease, Herbicide) and biotic (Drought) resistant plants. Peptide production, biodegradable plastic and edible vaccine. DNA barcoding in plants its application.

Page 10: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

9  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

An introduction to Plant Tissue culture by MK Razdan. M.K. 2003. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2003.

Plant Biotechnology: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering by Adrian Slater, Nigel W. Scott, Mark R. Fowler. Oxford University Press, 2008.

Biochemistry & Molecular Biology of Plants. Bob Buchanan, Wilhelm Gruissem, Russell Jones. John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

Plant biotechnology – J Hammond, et. al., Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture for production of food ingredients – T J Fu, G Singh, et. al. Biotechnology in crop improvement – H S Chawla. Practical application of plant molecular biology – R J Henry, Chapman & Hall. ¾

Elements of biotechnology – P K Gupta. An introduction to plant tissue culture – M K Razdan. Plant propagation by tissue culture: The technology (Vols. 1 & 2) – Edwin George. Handbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue

and cell culture – H E Street, Blackwell Scientific. Cell culture and somatic cell genetics of plants (Vols. 1 to 3) – A K Vasil, A. Press. Plant cell culture technology – M M Yeoman. Plant tissue culture and its biotechnological applications – W Bary, et. al., Springer

Verlag. Principles of plant biotechnology: An introduction to genetic engineering in plants – S

H Mantel, et. al. Advances in biochemical engineering / Biotechnology – Anderson, et. al. Applied and fundamental aspects of plant cell tissue and organ culture edited by Reinert

& Bajaj Y P S, Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture – S Narayanswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co. Introduction of plant biotechnology – H.S. Chawla. Third Edition; Oxford and IBH

publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of MS media for inoculation 2. Micropropogation through nodal explants 3. Callus induction 4. Mass multiplication of banana 5. Agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated plant transformation 6. Protoplast isolation 7. Embryo dissection and culture 8. DNA isolation of plant material

Page 11: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

10  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Exploitation microorganisms for industrial product production (primary

metabolites)

2. Industrial production of secondary metabolites using microorganisms (e.g.

antibiotics)

3. Streoidbiotransformations and ergot alkoloids production, biofuels.

4. Food and dairy products production eg Cheese, yoghurt, Beer, Wine.

UNIT I: Scope of Microbial biotechnology. Microbial production and applications of primary metabolites: Citric acid, Ethanol, L-Glutamic acid, Vitamin B12 Industrially important microbial enzymes: Types, mode of action and industrial applications of microbial amylases and proteases UNIT II: Microbial production of therapeutically important products:- Antibiotics: Penicillin, Streptomycin Ergot alkaloids: Production by Saprophytic cultivation Biotransformations of steroids: Hydroxylation and dehydrogenation, Steroid biotransformations. UNIT III: Production of single cell protein from bacteria, fungi and algae, Characteristics, nutritional value and safety, substrates used, process examples, applications.Cultivation of edible and medicinal mushrooms: Nutritional and medicinal properties. Production and applications of microbial exopolysaccharides: Classification, Biological functions, structure and biosynthesis of Xanthan and Alginate, Factors affectingfermentative production of exopolysaccharides and downstream processing(recovery). Production of bioplastics (Polyhydroxyalkonates)

Page 12: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

11  

UNIT IV: Microbiology and technology of fermented dairy products:

Cheese making: Cheese varieties, manufacture of cheddar cheese, Sources andproperties of rennets.

Yoghurt making Beer and Wine production REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Biotechnology - Rehm and Reid. 2. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo Young. 3. Microbial Technology Vol I & II - Henry J. Peppler&D.Perlman 4. Microbiology & technology of fermented foods - Robert W. Hutkins. Blackwell

publishing. 5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology 2nd edition - Nduka Okafor,

Benedict C. Okeke - (2017, CRC Press) PRACTICALS:

1. Production of cellulase enzyme by solid-state fermentation. 2. Saccharification of agro-waste by cellulase enzyme. 3. Bioassay of antibiotics 4. Production of citric acid by submerged fermentation 5. Production of protease by submerged fermentation. 6. Single cell oil production by Yeast 7. Production of Yoghurt 8. Downstream processing of penicillin

Page 13: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

12  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBG23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Structure and compositionof atmosphere, green house effect 2 Water cycke, its pollutants, types of reactions in various water bodies 3 Organic and inorganic components of soil 4 Biochemical cycling of elements

UNIT I: Atmospheric Chemistry and Air Pollution: Chemical processes for formation of inorganic and organic particulate matter, thermochemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere.Gaseous pollutants, sources, reactions, control and effects of air pollutants on living and non-living things. Effects of meteorological and topographical factors. Global Climate change: Ozone depletion, Acid Rain and Greenhouse effect. Formation and effects of Photochemical smog.

UNIT II: Water Chemistry and Water Pollution: Chemistry of Natural Waters, Water resources, hydrological cycle, physical and chemical properties of water, complexion in natural and waste water, role of microorganisms, Water pollutants, Types, Sources, Heavy metals, Metalloids Organic, Inorganic, Biological and Radioactive. Types of reactions in various water bodies including marine environment, Eutrophication and ecological magnification due to water pollution.

UNIT III: Biogeochemical cycling of elements:Gaia Hypothesis, The Carbon cycle-Carbon transfer through food webs-Carbon cycling within Habitats-Carbon Monoxide cycling. The Hydrogen Cycle, The oxygen Cycle. The Nitrogen Cycle-Ammonification, nitrification and denitrification. The Sulfur Cycle-Oxidative and reductive sulfur transformation. The phosphorus Cycle, Iron cycle, Manganese Cycle and Calcium Cycle.

UNIT IV: Soil chemistry & soil composition: Soil profile: Organic & Inorganic components of soil, Physical and Chemical Properties, cation exchange capacity, soil pH, environmental properties of soils. Leaching and erosion. Reactions with acids and bases. Geochemical reactions that neutralize acidity. Biological Process that neutralize acidity, Pesticide and Polymer Pollution. Physiochemical control of soil pollution.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 14: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

13  

1. Environmental Chemistry, a global perspective. Gary W. Valoon& Stephen J. Duffy, Oxford University Press.

2. Environmental chemistry, B. K. Sharma. 3. Mahajan, S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1985. 4. M. Arora, Environmental management of toxic and hazardous waste. 5. Tyagi, O. D. and M. Mehra, Text book of Environmental Chemistry. 6. A.K. de. Environmental Chemistry 2000 (4th edition). New age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi, India. 7. Kenneth Wark , Cecil F. Warner, Wayne T. Davis, Air pollution origin and its control

work, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall. 8. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition

Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3. 9. Stanley E. Manohar, Environmental Chemistry, Williard Grant press, Beston,

Massachutes

PRACTICALS:

1. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrate. 2. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrite. 3. Analysis of ammonia. 4. Determination of sulphate by turbidometric method. 5. Determination of zinc by EDTA complexometic reaction.\ 6. Analysis of Total Hardness, Ca+2 Hardness and Mg+2 Hardness. 7. Analysis of Ca+2 from egg shell. 8. Analysis of sulfite.

Page 15: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

14  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBG24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Specimen collection, preservation and transportation, composition of various body

fluids 2 Acid base balance and disorders, types and functions of carbohydrates 3 Clinical enzymology, hemoglobin 4 General organ function tests UNIT I: Introduction to clinical biochemistry: Specimen collection, preservation and transportation (blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid). Chemistry, composition & functions of lymph, CSF, ascitic fluid, pleural fluid & synovial fluid. UNIT II: pH and Acid base balance & disorders, Electrolytes balance & imbalance, Blood gases and blood buffers. Types, function and importance of carbohydrates, proteins and lipid, Lipoproteins, Apolipoproteins, Lipoprotein metabolism and disorders. UNIT III: Clinical Enzymology: Principle of diagnostic enzymology, Liver, cardiac and skeletal enzyme, Digestive enzyme, Miscellaneous enzyme. Hemoglobin (Biochemistry, synthesis and breakdown), Hemoglobinopathies, Thalessemia, Bilirubin metabolism, Jaundice, Vandenbergh test. UNIT IV: General Organ function tests: Liver function tests, , Thyroid function tests, Pancreatic function tests, Cardiac Function Test. Biochemistry of Diabetes mellitus, Atherosclerosis, Fatty liver, and obesity. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, Carl A. Burtis, Edward R. Ashwood, Harcourt Brace & Company AisaPvt. Ltd. ISBN-13: 978-0721656106

Page 16: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

15  

2. Commercial Biosensors: Graham Ramsay, John Wiley & Son, INC. (1998). ISBN-13: 978-0-471-58505-3

3. Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology, Lisa Anne Shimeld. 4. Diagnostic Microbiology, Balley& Scott’s. Eleventh Edition. ISBN 0-323-01678-2 5. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics, 4th Edition By Carl

A. Burtis, , Edward R. Ashwood, and David E. Bruns, - ISBN -9780721601892 6. The Science of Laboratory Diagnosis, Crocker Burnett. ISBN 1899066624 7. Text books of Medical Laboratory Technology – Dr. Praful B. Godkar 8. Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods 2 Richard

McPherson Matthew Pincus ISBN: 978-1-4160-0287- 9. Biochemistry for medical students: Vasudeven and Shreekumar Jay pee prakashan. 10. Practical Clinical biochemistry by Harold verly 11. Text book of medical biochemistry by- Chatterjea and Rana Shinde

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of standard solution, molar solution and other reagents 2. Analysis of normal and abnormal urine 3. Estimation of blood /serum glucose by various methods/ GTT 4. Glycosylated Hb, Hb Electrophoresis 5. Estimation Bilirubin , direct , total 6. Estimation of total protein and A/G ratio 7. Electrophoresis of plasma proteins 8. Estimation of total cholesterol and its fractions 9. Estimation of total lipids 10. Estimation of SGPT,SGOT 11. Hormone estimation: Determination of T3 or T4 by ELISA

Page 17: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

16  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VIII

Core Course

PS08CIBG21 Immunotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG22 Bioprocess Engineering and Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG23 O'-mics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG24 Practical Based on PS08CIBG21 & PS08CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG25 Practical Based on PS08CIBG23& PS08EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS08EIBG21 Animal Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG22 Bioseperation Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG23 Protein Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG24 Environment Policy and Legislation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 18: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

17  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 learn about the mechanism of antibody diversity generation, technology for

production of polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies 2 Knowledge about various techniques used in Immunology for diagnosis and research 3 Reasons for development of allergy, autoimmune disease etc. 4 Role of cytokines and othe molecules in immunomodulation, tumor immunology

UNIT I: Antibody production and Engineering: Monoclonal antibody production: Hybridoma technology, Phage display library, Highdensity cell culture technology and Microencapsulation.

Antibody engineering: Chimeric antibody,Human monoclonal antibody production and its limitations. Largescale polyclonal antibody production: antigen preparation and modification, dose and route of administration, selection of animal system, immunization, collection of sera and purification of antibody.Complement activation – Classical and alternative pathways

UNIT II: Immunodiagnostics : Precipitation reactions, measurement of affinity and avidity, immunoelectrophoresis, Agglutination, Radioimmunoassay, ELISA and its variants (Elispot Assay, chemiluminescence assay) Western blotting, Immnofluorescence techniques

Immunohistochemistry: Direct, indirect, PAP method, Avidin-Biotin complex method, labeled Streptavidin Biotin method, Multiple staining, electron microscopy, antibody microarray.

Principle, construction and applications: Fluorescence activated cell sorter, Surface Plasmon Resonance, Magnetic Activated Cell sorter, Assays of cell death. Animal models and transgenic animals in experimental immunology

UNIT III:Cytokines: Characteristics, families, receptors, associated diseases and cytokine therapy

Immunopathology and Immunologic disorders

Hypersensitivity: Types, mechanisms and disorders;

Tolerance and Autoimmunity: Tolerance, Organ specific and systemic autoimmune diseases, Mechanism of induction of autoimmunity, treatment.

UNIT IV: Transplantation Immunology: Types of graft, immunological basis of graft rejection, Graft Vs Host Reaction, HLA Typing, General Immunosuppression therapy

Page 19: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

18  

Tumour Immunology-Tumour Associated antigens and Tumour Specific Antigens; Evasion of immune system

Immunity to infections: Virus, Bacteria, Fungus

Immunodeficiency diseases: Primary and secondary immunodeficiency, few examples

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Immunology (6th Edition): Ivan Roitt Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1988.

2. Kuby- Immunology (6th Edition): R. A. Goldsby, T.J. Kindt, B.A. Osborne. 3. Fundamentals of Immunology: Paul W.E. (Eds.) Raven Press, New York, 1988. 4. Antibodies A laboratory Manual: Harlow and David Lane (1988), Old spring harbor

laboratory 5. Cellular & Molecular Immunology: Abbas, Lichtman &Pober (Mc Graw Hill) 6. Basic immunology: Abbas & Lichtman (Saunder’s Publication)

PRACTICALS:

1. Collection of blood by venipuncture, separation of serum and preservation of serum for short and long periods.

2. Differential leukocyte Count 3. Immunodiffusion in gels (Ouchterlony), 4. Counter- current immunoelectrophoresis. 5. Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay. 6. Latex and staphylococcal co-agglutination tests. 7. Separation of lymphocytes by centrifugation, gravity sedimentation etc. 8. Lymphocyte ell culture

Page 20: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

19  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Design of fermenter, media for industrial fermentations 2 Sterilizationof media and air, microbial growth kinetics 3 Components of Aeration and agitation, scale up and scale down,Control systems 4 Introduction to downstream processing UNIT I: Introduction to Bioprocess technology- History of fermentation, Range of fermentation processes, Chronological development of fermentation industry, Introduction of types of fermentation processes. Isolation, primary and secondary screening, preservation, maintenance and improvement of industrially important organisms. UNIT II: Media for industrial fermentation: Components of medium, Addition of precursor and metabolic regulators to media, Media optimization by conventional and statistical methods (Plackett-Burman design, Response surface method) Sterilization of media and air: Kinetics of medium sterilization, Design of batch sterilization process, Scale up of batch sterilization process, Design of continuous sterilization process, Sterilization of air by filtration, Theory and design of depth filters UNIT III: Bioreactor design: Laboratory, pilot and large-scale reactors. Mechanical, pneumatic and hydrodynamic systems. Plug flow reactors, immobilization and immobilized enzyme reactors. Scale up and Scale down and Aseptic operations &containment. Components of Agitation and aeration. Inoculum development. UNIT IV: Bioprocess kinetics: Kinetics of growth and substrate utilization in batch, fed batch and Continuous fermentation systems. Control of process parameters: Instrumentation for monitoring bioreactor and fermentation processes, Sensors, Controllers, fermentation control systems and architecture, Incubation

Page 21: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

20  

and sequence control, advanced control. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker & Stephen J. Hall.

2. Comprehensive Biotechnology - Murray Moo Young 3. Methods in Industrial Microbiology - Sikyta 4. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology - El Mansi and Bryc 5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology – Nduka Okafor & Benedict C.

Okeke 6. Industrial Microbiology:An Introduction – Mickael J. Waites, Neil L. Morgan, John S.

Rockey& Gary Higton 7. Upstream industrial biotechnology / edited by Michael C. Flickinger PRACTICALS:

1. Screening for amylase producing organisms 2. Screening for organic acid producing microorganisms 3. Isolation of antibiotic producing microorganisms by crowded plate technique 4. Isolation and culturing of yeasts 5. Separation of amino acids by chromatography 6. Estimation of glucose by DNS method 7. Estimation of ethanol by dichromate method 8. Immobilization of microbial cells by entrapment method

Page 22: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

21  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: OMICS COURSE CODE: PS08CIBG23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to genome and proteome, DNA microarray 2 Human genome project, Large scale sequencing methods, some model organisms and

their genome projects 3 Protein structure and function, Methods to study protein-protein interactions 4 conceot development about trasncriptomics and metabolomics UNIT I: Introduction to the proteome and the genome, codon bias, gene expression, Genome size-C value paradox, DNA sequencing: Maxam-Gilbert, Sanger, Pyrosequencing, automated DNA sequencing. Other features of nucleic acid sequencing. Analysis and Annotation-ORF, Exon-intron boundaries

UNIT II: Human genome project- Strategies for large-scale sequencing projects; landmarks on chromosomes generated by various mapping methods; BAC libraries and shotgun libraries preparation; Physical map-cytogenetic map, contig map, restriction map. Model organisms and other genome projects (Arabidopsis, Caenorhabditis elegans); Comparative genomics of relevant organisms such as pathogens and non-pathogens

UNIT III: Relationship between protein structure and function, Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis; Spot visualization and picking; Tryptic digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting; Mass spectrometry: ion source (MALDI, spray sources); analyzer (ToF, quadrupole, quadrupole ion trap) and detector. Protein interaction maps. Protein arrays-definition, applications- diagnostics, expression profiling.

UNIT IV: DNA Microarray technology: The generation of cDNA expression libraries, their robotic arraying, Complex hybridization on DNA chips. Transcriptomics: Comparative transcriptomics, Differential gene expression; Genotyping/SNP detection; Detection technology; Computational analysis of microarray data.

Page 23: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

22  

REFERNCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics by Primrose 2. Genetics & Genomics By Csaba Szalai 3. Proteomics : From protein sequencing to function by S.R. Pennington and M.J. Dunn 4. Introduction to genomics by Arthur M Lesk

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction to genome sequence databases 2. Protein and DNA sequence databases 3. Designing a primer 4. Total Protein profile of plant system using PAGE. 5. Determination of molecular weight and quantitation of separated proteins. 6. Demonstration of 2D gel electrophoresis

Page 24: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

23  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction and scope of Anmial Biotechnology 2 Basic techniques of animal cell culture 3 Applications of animal tissue culture 4 Techniques for producing transgenic animals UNIT I: Introduction and scope of Animal Biotechnology Basic requirements for animal tissue culture: Infrastructure, necessary equipments and

accessories for animal tissue culture lab. Culture Media: Different types of media-Natural media, Defined media, Serum free media

Chemical, physical and metabolic functions of different constituents of culture media. Role of serum in tissue culture media Sterilization techniques Biohazards and Bioethics

UNIT II: Biology and characterization of cultured cells Basic techniques of animal cell culture: Primary culture techniques, Enzymatic and mechanical disaggregation techniques Sub culture methods Development of cell lines, nomenclature and types of cell lines. Explant culture, Organ culture – 3Dimentional culture Large scale culture of cells-suspension and monolayer culture Cell separation methods Cell cloning Transformation and immortalization

UNIT III: Application of animal tissue culture Contaminants- source, types and prevention Cell viability Cytotoxicity assays Cryopreservation of cultured cells Hybridoma technology – production of MAbs.

Page 25: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

24  

Vaccine Production

UNIT IV: Transgenic Animal Technology: Techniques for producing transgenic Animals, Application of transgenic animals Artificial animal breeding, Artificial insemination, In vitro fertilization (IVF), Embryo Transfer, Embryo sexing Tissue Engineering- scaffold materials, synthesis of scaffold, cell sources and applications

of Tissue engineering REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Culture of animal cells: A manual of basic technique- R. Ian Freshney, Wiley Publication. 2) Animal cell culture & technology-M. Butler. 3) Animal cell culture techniques- M. Clynes, Springer. 4) Animal Biotechnology- M. M. Ranga. Agrobios (India). 5) Animal Biotechnology-Young, Murray, Moo. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 6) Methods in Cell Biology-Vol. 57, Animal cell culture methods- Mather, J.P., Academic Press. 7) Animal Cell Biotechnology-Spier, R.E. Academic press. 8) Animal biotechnology – P. Ramadass, MJP Publishers 9) Biotechnology- U.Styanarayan, Books and Allied (P) Ltd.

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of animal tissue culture laboratory with necessary equipments& accessories. 2. Preparation of culture media 3. Sterilization of culture media 4. Primary culture from Chick embryo. 5. Cell counting using hemocytometer. 6. Cell viability 7. Organ culture – trachea culture 8. Short term lymphocyte culture. 9. Chromosome preparation from cultured cells. 10. Cytotoxicity test-MTT

Page 26: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

25  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: BIOSEPARATION TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand about various downstream processing 2. Product isolation and purification methods 3. Final Product Purification and Preparation

UNIT I: Introduction to downstream processing, Characteristics of fermentation broth and its pretreatment, Separation of cells and suspended solids: Filtration: theory of filtration, use of filter aids, Batch filters, Continuous filters, cross flow filtration. Membrane processes – Dialysis, ultrafiltration, Reverse osmosis and electrodialysis UNIT II: Product isolation methods: Centrifugation: Cell aggregation and flocculation, Types of commercial centrifuges Cell disruption by physical and chemical methods, Liquid-liquid extraction-choice of solvent, co current and counter current extraction, Centrifugal extractor, Solvent recovery, Two-phase aqueous extraction system, Super critical fluid extraction. UNIT III: Chromatography techniques for product isolation and purification: Adsorption chromatography, Gel permeation chromatography, Ion-exchangechromatography, Hydrophobic chromatography, Affinity chromatography, High performance chromatography (HPLC). FPLC, Expanded bed chromatography UNIT IV: Final Product Purification and Preparation Crystallization; Drying and lyophilisation; Formulation Strategies

Case studies: Recovery of Ethanol, Citric acid, Penicillin.

Page 27: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

26  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker and Stephen J. Hall.

2. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology – E.M.T. El-Mansi and C.F.A. Bryee.

3. Comprehensive Biotechnology – Murray Moo Young 4. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals – J.E.Bailey& D.F. Ollis. 5. Downstream industrial biotechnology : recovery and purification / edited by Michael

C. Flickinger PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of dry weight and wet weight of cells 2. Determination of total protein of cells by alkali lysis 3. Recovery and estimation of penicillin 4. Ammonium Sulphate fractionation of protein 5. Dialysis of fractionated proteins 6. Recovery of protein by acetone precipitation 7. Demonstration of chromatography techniques

Page 28: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

27  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: PROTEIN ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBG23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Different tools and methods used in proteomic study. 2. The sources of protein, Industrial and medical application of proteins, 3. Different expression of proteins for large scale purifications, 4. Protein engineering strategy.

UNITI: Proteomics: Sample preparation, Gel-based proteomics - two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DGE), two-dimensional fluorescence difference in-gel electrophoresis (DIGE), Staining methods, PF-2D, Tandem FPLC, Mass spectroscopy: basic principle, ionization sources, mass analyzers, different types of mass spectrometers (MALDI-TOF Q-TOF, LC-MS)

UNIT II: Multidimensional proteomics: SELDI-TOF. Quantitative proteomics - stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC), isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), isobaric tagging for relative and absolute quantitation (iTRAQ); Label-free proteomics., Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), basic principles, chemical shift, spinspin interaction, NOE, 2D-NMR, NOESY,COSEY.

UNIT III: X-ray Crystallography: Principle of X-ray diffraction, scattering vector, structure factor, phase problem, reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere, Miller indices, Zone axes, crystal lattice, Lane Equations, Bragg’s law, special properties of protein crystals, model building, refinement and R-factor.

UNIT VI: Protein Engineering: Protein sources, Industrial and medical application of proteins, different expression of proteins for large-scale purifications, protein engineering strategy, rational and random mutagenesis. Applications of protein engineering protein in Chemical and Medical Industries: Generation of heat stable, pH stable enzymes, application in vaccine development, drug development, sensor development. Practicals, Protein electrophoresis-1D+2D, HPLC, FPLC, MALDI-TOF & LC-MS

Page 29: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

28  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Protein X-Ray Crystallography [3rd ed.] by Jan Drenth 2. Protein engineering in industrial biotechnology by L Alberghina,Net Library, Inc. 3. Protein Engineering Protocols [1 ed.] by Kristian Müller, Katja Arndt 4. Protein Engineering by C Kohrer, U Rajbhandary 5. Protein Engineering Handbook Volume 3 [1 ed.] by Stefan Lutz, Uwe Theo

Bornscheuer 6. Protein Engineering by P. Kaumaya 7. Protein Structure Prediction: Methods and Protocols by Webster, David (Southern

Cross Molecular Ltd., Bath, UK) 8. Essential Bioinformatics by JinXiong

PRACTICALS: 1. To perform protein extraction. 2. Determine an importance of various electrophoresis techniques in protein engineering. 3. A study an application of liquid chromatographic technique. 4. To understand the importance of gas chromatographic techniques with demonstration. 5. Understanding of principles and applications of MALDI-TOF and SELDI TOFF

Page 30: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

29  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND LEGISLATION

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBG24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Legal structure of India and fundamentals of environmental legislation and policy making.

2. Understand the environmental performance including compliance with environmental legislation.

3. Implementation of environmental policies and practices and raise awareness about the emerging environmental issues.

4. Study of various acts, laws and rules related to air, water, environment and wastes in India.

UNIT I: International Law and Environmental Protection: Fundamental Principles of International Environmental Law. United Nations Conference on Human Environment, 1972 (Stockholm Conference) – Aims and Objectives of the Conference, Stockholm Declaration. UNEP- Vienna Convention & Montreal Protocol, World Charter for Nature, 1982. WCED – The Brundtland Commission, Brundtland Report 1987. United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED/Earth Summit) – Aims and Objectives of Conference, Rio Declaration 1992, Agenda 21, Convention on Biological Diversity. Earth Summit Plus Five - Kyoto Protocol, 1997; Millennium Development Goals.Johannesburg Conference 2002 (WSSD) - Johannesburg Declaration & Major Outcomes. UNIT II: History and Development of Environmental Law in India: Environmental Protection in Ancient Indian Tradition and Culture - Protection of Environment in Ancient India and During Medieval Period. Protection of Environment during British Period – Major Legislations. Protection of Environment during Post Independence Period – Pitambar Pant Committee, Tiwari Committee, NCEP, Department of Environment, MOEF Guidelines and Notifications, Appellate Authority Act, Other related Notifications. UNIT III: Protection of Environment under the Indian Constitution: Introduction – Indirect Provisions, International Obligations, 42nd Constitution Amendment Act, 1976. Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties. Development of Fundamental Right to Environment - Judicial Role, Expansion of Locus Standi, PIL, Constitutional Remedy for

Page 31: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

30  

Protection of Environment, Dynamic Interpretation of Article 21, 14 & 19 of the Constitution. Right to Wholesome Environment – Right to Clean and Pollution-free Environment, Right to Sweet Water. Incorporation of International Principles under Indian Constitution – Sustainable Development - Precautionary and Polluter Pays Principles, Absolute and Strict Liability. UNIT IV: Protection of Water, Air and Environment in India: EP Act 1986, Air (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Mines and Mineral Act, Factories Act, Pesticides Act, Indian Forest Act, Wildlife Act, Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules / Biomedical Rules / Solid Waste Management Rules, Environment Tribunal Act, Climate change Protocols and Conventions,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S.C. Shastri, Environmental Law, (3rdEdn.), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2008. 2. Maheshwara Swamy, Textbook on Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Asia Law House,

Hyderabad, 2008. 3. Shyam Divan and Armin Rosencranz, Environmental Law and Policy in India,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Amod S. Tilak, Environmental Law, (1stEdn.), Snow White Publication, Mumbai,

2009. 5. I.A. Khan, Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Central Law Agency, Allahabad, 2002. 6. P Leelakrishnan, Environmental Law in India, (2ndEdn.), Lexis Nexis, New Delhi,

2005. 7. S. Shantakumar, Introduction to Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Wadhwa &

Company, Nagpur, 2005.

PRACTICALS:

1. Bio-ethanol production from waste materials. 2. Production of biodiesel from vegetable oil. 3. Production of biofuel from algae. 4. Physico-chemical analysis soil. 5. Isolation of Actinomyctes from soil. 6. Demonstration of Lab scale biogas production plant. 7. Saponification value of an oil sample.

Page 32: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

31  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - IX

Core Course

PS09CIBG21 Microbial Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG22 Ecology, Ecotoxicology and Biodiversity T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG23 Metabolic Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG24 Practical Based on PS09CIBG21 & PS09CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG25 Practical Based on PS09CIBG23& PS09EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS09EIBG21 Environmental Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG22 Nanobiotechnology & Applications T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG23 Cancer Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG24 Validation, Documentation and cGMP T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 33: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

32  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: MICROBIAL GENETICS

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. The concept of mutation, DNA damage and Repair will be understood 2. Plasmid biology, phage genetics, recombination and fungal genetics will be known to

students 3. Genetic exchange in prokaryotes by transformation, transduction and conjugation will

be known. 4. Students will be able to understand Agrobacterium genetics, restriction modification

systems and transposable elements.

UNIT I: Mutation, DNA damage and Repair Spontaneous mutations (Random v/s Adaptive nature of mutation; Mutation rate and its determination, Types of DNA damage and their consequences (spontaneous and chemical induced deamination, radiation induced DNA damage, inter strand cross linking) , DNA repair pathways (Mis-match repair in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, Nucleotide excision repair in prokaryotes and in eukaryotes, base excision repair, recombinational repair, SOS pathway, specific repair of oxidative DNA damage, repair of pyrimidine dimers, repair of alkylation induced damage and adaptive response and other specific repair mechanisms).

UNIT II: Plasmid Biology (Types of plasmids, compatibility, regulation of plasmid copy number and plasmid segregation) Phage genetics (T-series, complementation and Fine structure analysis, biology of lambda phages) Recombination (Types, Models of homologous recombination, Molecular mechanism of homologous, Homologous recombination in eukaryotes, mating type switching, Site specific recombination and its biological significance)

UNIT III: Genetic exchange in prokaryotes Transformation (Natural transformation in Bacillus subtilis, Streptococcus pneumonia and Haemophilus influenza). Transformation by inducing artificial competence, Gene linkage and mapping by transformation.

Page 34: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

33  

Transduction (Generalized transduction in P22, P1, T4 and Mu bacteriophages, homologous recombination with recipient’s chromosome, measuring transduction (co-transduction of markers, marker effects, abortive transduction, transduction of plasmids). Applications of generalized transduction, specialized transduction and its applications. Conjugation (F-factor mediated Conjugation in E. coli, Hfr conjugation and chromosomal transfer, F-prime conjugation and merodiploids, Conjugation of fertility inhibited F-like plasmids, Non conjugative mobilizable plasmids, chromosomal mobilization of non-F plasmids, Plasmid based conjugation in other bacteria (Pseudomonas and streptococcus, Interrupted mating and conjugational mapping)

UNIT IV: Agrobacterium genetics:Ti plasmid, Interkingdom gene transfer (Key early experiments, vir regulon, protein secretion apparatus, conjugation model of T-DNA transfer, Integration products) Restriction modification systems: Types of RM systems, Role of RM systems, salient features and insights into evolution of diverse types of Restriction endonucleases and Methyl transferases, Regulation of RM systems. Transposable elements: Types of bacterial transposable elements; Structure, genetic organization and mechanism of transposition of Tn5, Tn3, phage Mu, Tn7, Retrotransposons, conjugative and mobilizable transposons, Assays of transposition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Genes IX: Lewin 2. Molecular Biology of the Gene: Watson et al V th edition. 3. Modern Microbial Genetics: UldisStreips and Ronald Yasbin. 4. Microbial genetics: Stanley Molay, John Cronan and David Freifelder. 5. Microbiology: Prescott, Harley, and Klein’s 7th edition. 6. Molecular Genetics of Bacteria: Snyder and Champness. 7. Molecular Genetics: Stent and Calendar 8. Principles of Genetics: Snustad and Simmons 9. Molecular Biology of the Cell: Alberts et al.

PRACTICALS

1. Isolation and enumeration of bacteriophage 2. Demonstration of Lysogeny 3. β-galactosidase induction and assay 4. Conjugation in E. coli. 5. Transduction in E. coli

Page 35: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

34  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ECOLOGY, ECOTOXICOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Ecological concepts: biomes, Niche, Habitats 2 Trophic levels, succesion, nutrient cycling 3 Abiotic and biotic transformations, toxicology of some inorganic and organic

compunds 4 Role of envrionment in cancer, genetic toxicology UNIT I: The Biosphere: Biotic Environment: Types of interaction, Intra-specific relationships, interspecific relationships, Biotic and Abiotic Interactions. Complexity, Pathogens & climate, Abiotic effects on competition Habitats & Niches: Habitats, Niches. Biomes. PopulationDynamics: Populations & population change, Dispersal, Dormancy, Study of populations. Basic equation, Long-term population studies. Population pyramids, Survivorship curves, Evolutionary strategies – r & K-strategies. Community Structure (Succession): Vegetation changes, Types & Causes of succession, Processes - Primary seres (Xeroseres, Hydroseres, Heterotrophic), Patterns of succession.

UNIT II: Biodiversity: Types of Biodiversity (Genetic, Species, Ecosystem), Global Biodiversity, Mega-diversity Countries of World, Endemism & Hotspots of Biological Diversity, Biodiversity of India, Hotspots of Indian Biodiversity. Loss of Biodiversity, major Causes for Loss of Biodiversity, Listing of Threatened Biodiversity, IUCN Red Data Books, Endangered Flora of India, Endangered Fauna of India, Economic importance of mammals. Biodiversity conservation approaches.

UNIT III: Microbial Diversity: Distribution, Abundance, Ecological Niche, Principles of Microbial Diversity, Cultural and Uncultured Organisms.Conventional Methods of Studying Microbial Diversity. PCR, T-RFLP, DGEGE, ARDRA and ERIC-PCR as a tool for studying microbial community structure. Interaction among Microbial Population: Commensalism, Synergism, Mutualism, Competition, Amensalism, Parasitism and Predation.

Page 36: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

35  

UNIT IV: Translocation of Toxicity: Absorption, Distribution and Excretion of toxic substances. Absorption: membrane permeability, mechanism of chemical transfer (passive transport, active transport and facilitated transport), absorption (Gastrointestinal, skin, lungs), Distribution: tissue affecting distributions and tissues retention. Excretion: Renal excretion, biliary excretion and Gastrointestinal. Receptor Concept, Nature of receptors, Theory of toxicant receptor interaction, Mechanism of action of some Pesticides (organochlorine, carbamate and organophosphate) and heavy metals (lead, arsenic, mercury, cadmium and chromium)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Christon JH et al., Manual of Environmental Microbiology. 2nd edition ASM Press. ISBN: 1-55581-199-X.

2. Gray Stacey, Robert HB and Harold JE. (1997) Biological Nitrogen Fixation. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, India.

3. Koki Horikoshi, William DG, Fred AR and Aharon Oren. Extremophiles: Microbial life in extreme environment.

4. R. Campbell (1983) Microbial Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publication. 5. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition

Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3. 6. R. M. Maier et al., (2000) Environmental Microbiology. Academic Press. 7. Raina MM, Pepper IL and Gerba CP. Environmental Microbiology. Academic Press.

ISBN: 13-978-81-312-0253-1. 8. Ralph Mitchell. (1993) Environmental Microbiology. John Wiley& Sons. ISBN:

047159587X. 9. Samuel Singer. Experiments in Applied Microbiology. Academic Press. ISBN: 0-

12645960-6. 10. Subba Rao. (1996) Soil Microbiology. 11. Brock: Biology of Microorganisms.

PRACTICALS:

1. Isolation of Rhizobium from root nodules. 2. Isolation of Azotobacterfrom soil. 3. Isolation and Identification of Economically Important Bacteria, Actinomycetes,

Yeast and Fungi. 4. Enrichment Culture Technique for: a) Amylase Producing Bacteria, b) Nitrogen

Fixers & c) Phosphate Solubilisers. 5. Winogradsky’s Column Preparation: Isolation of Anaerobes, Denitrifiers by Sloppy

Agar Method.

Page 37: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

36  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: METABOLIC ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBG23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Metabolic regulation and its modification, enzyme kinetics 2 Metabolic flux balance analysis 3 Metabolic engineering strategies for production of PHA, solvents. 4 Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization, bioinformatics for

reconstruction of metabolic network UNIT I: Overview of metabolism and its regulation; Introduction to Metabolism and Metabolic Engineering, Enzyme Kinetics, and inhibition kinetics, Regulation of Metabolic pathways and Networks UNIT II: Metabolic flux balance analysis: Determine, Underdetermine and over-determined systems, Metabolic Control analysis, Engineering of the central metabolism of Escherichia coli, Metabolic engineering of Escherichia coli for the production of aromatic compounds, UNIT III: Metabolic engineering strategies for the production of polyhydroxyalkanoates, a family of biodegradable polymers, Metabolic engineering for amino acid production (lysine,threonine and tryptphan), Metabolic engineering of antibiotic biosynthesis for process improvement (increasing the metabolic flux by enhancing enzymatic activity), Metabolic engineering of Clostridium acetobutylicum for solvent production (acetone) UNIT IV: Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization and metabolite production, metabolic engineering for biodegradation of recalcitrant pollutants, Functional genomics: microarrays, proteomics and metabolomics, Bioinformatics for reconstruction of metabolic networks, Systems biology frameworks for metabolic engineering. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metabolic Engineering by Sang Yup Lee and Eleftherios T Papoutsakis.(Power engineering: 23). ISBN : 0-8247-4875-1.

2. Metabolic Engineering (Biotechnology and Bioprocessing Series) by Sang Yup Lee - Hardcover, 1st Edition, 450 pages, CRC (1999) ISBN: 082477390X .

Page 38: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

37  

3. Pathway Analysis and Optimization in Metabolic engineering by Eberhard O Voit ISBN 0521800382.

4. Metabolic Engineering - by E Terry Papoutsakis Marcel Dekker Inc publisher (ISBN: 9780824773908).

5. Metabolic Engineering: Principles and Methodologies by Gregory Stephanopoulos, Jens Nielsen, George Stephanopoulos Publisher: Elsevier Science & Technology Books Date Published: 1998 ISBN-13: 9780126662603 ISBN: 0126662606.

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of Km and Vmax of enzyme 2. Screening and isolation of PHA producing microorganisms 3. Optimization of conditions for PHA production 4. Understanding of Flux balance analysis using appropriate examples 5. Reconstruction of metabolic network from genome annotation using bioinformatics tools 6. Flux balance analysis to redistribute flux using bioinformatics tools

Page 39: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

38  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBG21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Fundamentals of biological treatment 2 Principle of physical and chemical treatment methods 3 Advanced waste wate treatment 4 Design of waste water treatment plants UNIT I: Fundamentals of Biological Treatment: Bacterial growth and energetic, Microbial Growth Kinetics: Rate of substrate utilization-Active Biomass-Net and Observed Biomass, Calculation of Kinetic coefficients (k, KS, Y and Kd), Modelling suspended growth treatment processes: biomass balance, Aerobic biological oxidation, Biological nitrification, Biological denitrification, Biological Phosphorus Removal.

UNIT II: Physical unit operations: Screening, Flow equalization, Grit removal, Sedimentation, Membrane filtration processes: Reverse osmosis, Nano filtration, ultra filtration, micro filtration and electrodialysis. Chemical unit processes: Chemical coagulation, Chemical precipitation, Chemical oxidation and Chemical neutralization. Chemical storage, feeding, piping and control system. Chemical precipitation for phosphorus removal.

UNIT III: Advanced wastewater treatment: Technologies used for advanced treatment, Removal of organic, inorganic, biological constituents, depth filtration, surface filtration, adsorption, ion-exchange, advanced oxidation processes, Multi Effect Evaporator (need for MEE, design details and principle of MEE, process and operation handling and applications), Disinfection processes, Disinfection with chlorine dioxide, ozone and UV radiation. Dechlorination: Need for dechlorination, Dechlorination with chemicals. Advanced oxidation processes.

UNIT IV: Treatment and disposal of solids: Solids sources and characteristics. Disposal of solids, Composting: Process microbiology, Thickening, Dewatering: Centrifugation, Belt-filter press, Filter presses, Sludge drying beds and lagoons. Heat Drying: Heat transfer methods: process description. Conditioning: Chemical conditioning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

Page 40: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

39  

2. Qasim, S.R., Motley, E.M. and Zhu.G. Water works Engineering – Planning, Design and Operation, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.

3. Lee, C.C. and Shun dar Lin, Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1999.

4. Hendricks, D. ‘Water Treatment Unit Processes – Physical and Chemical’ CRC Press, NewYork 2006.

PRACTICALS:

1. Chromatographic techniques – Paper chromatography in the identification of amino acids and plant pigments.

2. Determination of kinetic Coefficients in batch wastewater treatment process. 3. Checking of aerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 4. Checking of anaerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 5. Treatability studies of wastewater.

A. Coagulation-Flocculation Jar Test of Water/Effluents. B. Sludge Volume Index (SVI). C. Food/Microorganisms (F/M) Ratio.

6. Determination of volatile fatty acids (VFAs). 7. Biofilm formation and its role in fixed film processes.

Page 41: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

40  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to nanoworld, nanomateials, their properties, top down and bottom up

approaches 2 Preparation, characterization and properties of nanostructures materials 3 biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology

4 biofunctionalization of nanomaterials UNIT I: Introduction to Nanoworld, Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Introduction to nanomaterials, Properties of materials & nanomaterials, role of size in nanomaterials, nanoparticles, semiconducting nanoparticles, nanowires, nanoclusters, quantum wells, conductivity and enhanced catalytic activity compared to the same materials in the macroscopic state From Biotechnology to Nanobiotechnology. What is Nanobiotechnology? Information-Driven Nanoassembly, Energetics, Top down and bottom up approach forbuilding Nanomaterial

UNIT II: Introductory overview, preparation, characterization, and properties of nanostructured materials (e.g., metal nanoparticle, quantum dot, carbon nanotube, polymeric nanocarrier, and silica nanoparticle); Chemical Routes for Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Chemical precipitation and co-precipitation; Metal nanocrystals by reduction,Sol-gel synthesis. Fabricationof Nanomaterials by Physical Methods: -Inertgas condensation, Plasma arc technique,Laser pyrolysis, Ball Milling, Chemical vapor deposition and electro-deposition. UNIT III: Nanobiotechnology: Introduction, Biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology viz. Biosensors, separation of cells and cell organelles, drug delivery, genetherapy etc., Nanosensors-Miniaturization of Biosensors, Nanomaterial Based Biosensors. Effectof Biosensor in biological and physicochemical techniques, Applications of nanobiotechnology in early medical diagnostics, drug targeting, drug delivery, nanosurgery and other biomedicalfield. UNIT IV: Biofunctionalization of nanomaterials (e.g., cell, nucleic acid, and protein); applications of

Page 42: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

41  

biofunctionalized nanomaterials (e.g., diagnostics and screening technologies, drug delivery); Structural Principles of Nanobiotechnology Construction of Nanomachines, The Raw Materials: Biomolecular Structure and Stability, Protein Folding, Self-Assembly, Self-organization, Molecular Recognition. Flexibility poses great challenges for the design of nanobiomachine, DNA nanostructures DNA Templated Electronics, Sequence –specific molecular lithography, Single Biomolecule Manipulation for Bioelectronics, DNA as a semiconductor, Applications in implants, prostheses, and tissue engineering; toxicity, health,andenvironmental issues.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Niemeyer, C.M. and Mirkin, C.A., Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications, and Perspectives, John Wiley & Sons,2004.

2. Malsch, N.H., Biomedical Nanotechnology, Taylor & Francis,2005. 3. Jain, K.K., Nanobiotechnology in Molecular Diagnostics: Current Techniques

and Applications, Horizon Bioscience,2006. 4. Rosanthal, S.J. and Wright, D.W., Nanobiotechnology Protocols, Humana Press,2005. 5. Nalwa, H.S., Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and Their

Applications in Nanobiotechnology, American Scientific Publishers,2005.

6. Stroscio, M. and Dutta, M., Biological Nanostructures and Applications of Nanostructures in Biology:Electrical, Mechanical, and Optical Properties, Springer,2004.

7. Kumar, C.S.S.R., Biofunctionalization of Nanomaterials, John Wiley & Sons,2006. 8. Kelsall, R., Hamley, I.W. and Geoghegan, M., Nanoscale Science and

Technology, John Wiley & Sons,2005. 9. Poole, C.P. and Owens, F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology,John Wiley & Sons, 2003. 10. Wilson, M., Kannangara, K., Smith, G., Simmons, M. and Raguse, B.,

Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies, Chapman & Hall/CRC,2002.

PRACTICALS:

1. Synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles by coprecipitation method. 2. Biosynthesis of nanoparticles by microorganisms. 3. Preparation of quantum dots of CdS nanoparticles. 4. Activity profile of metal nanoparticles in terms of antimicrobial activity 5. Liposome synthesis and delivery of proteins in the field of nanomedicine.

Page 43: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

42  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: CANCER GENETICS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBG23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand various types, properties and progression of cancers. 2. Provides information about various genetics and epigenetics factors causing cancers. 3. Focusing on tumor markers, Tumor viruses and Chromosomal defects in cancers. 4. Students unerstand selected familial cancers occuringin populations.

UNIT I: Introduction to cancer, Types and properties of cancers, Cell transformation and tumourigenesis

Genetic heterogeneity and clonal evolution, Cancer and environment: physical, chemical and biological carcinogens

UNIT II: Oncogenes, Tumour suppressor genes, DNA repair genes and genetic instability, Epigenetic modifications, telomerase activity, centrosome malfunction

UNIT III: Chromosomal aberrations in neoplasia, Tumour specific markers, Overview of Tumor viruses and Cervical cancer

UNIT IV: Familial cancers: Retinoblastoma, Wilms’ tumour, Prostate cancer, Colorectal cancer, Breast cancer

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al 2. Genes VIII by Lewin 3. Molecular Cell Biology by Lodishet al 4. Molecular Genetics of Cancer by Stillman

Page 44: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

43  

5. Cell Biology by Cooper

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of Culture Media for Chromosomes analysis. 2. Human Blood Lymphocyte Culture 3. Genetic diagnosis of cancer by PCR 4. Visit to medical hospitals and report submission

Page 45: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

44  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: VALIDATION, DOCUMENTATION AND cGMP

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBG24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Concepts of quality, quality management and its implementation

2. Regulatory guidance’s and guidelines like ICH, WHO and other relevant

documents

3. Good Laboratory Practices, SOPs, handling of deviation

4. Documentation and relevant process related documents UNIT I: Building and facilities: Location, design, plant layout, maintenance and sanitation, environmental controls.

Utilities and services: air/gas, air handling and HVAC systems, sterile and non-sterile area, aseptic process and sterilization methods, Water: purified, distilled and sterile.

UNIT II: Concept and philosophy of cGMP in manufacturing, processing, packaging and holding.

Organization and personal responsibilities, qualification, experience, training, personal hygiene and clothing.

UNIT III: Introduction, definition of validation, planning of validation – the consultant, task force, dedicated group, process characterization, validation protocol.

UNIT IV: Prerequisite of validation- design qualification (DQ), Installation qualification (IQ), operational qualification (OQ) and performance qualification (PQ). Validation options, analytical methods validation, cleaning validation and revalidation. Complaints and product recall.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 46: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

45  

1. Robert A. Nash, Alfred H. Wachter, Pharmaceutical Process Validation, Vol. 129, Marcel Dekker Inc.

2. Sidney H. Willing and Murray M. Tuckerman, Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals, Vol. 16, Marcel Dekker Inc.

3. James Swarbrick, James C. Boylan, Encyclopedia by pharmaceutical technology, Marcel Dekker Inc.gtg

4. Sharma PP, How to practice GMPs, 3rd Ed., Vandana Publication. 5. Drug and Cosmetic Act and Rules (Governent of India). 6. Potdar MA, Current Good Manufacturing Practices Pharma-Med Press, Hyderabad. 7. Potdar MA, Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance, NiraliPrakashan, Pune.

PRACTICALS:

1 Working knowledge, calibration of Laboratory equipment like pipette, burette, thermometer etc

2 Validation of the Modern analytical Instruments like UV spectrometer, IR-spectrophotometer, HPLC, etc.

3 Validation of sterilization equipments e.g. Hot air oven, Autoclave. 4 Validation of Analytical procedures

Analysis of pharmaceutical and cosmetic raw materials with the help of instruments.

Page 47: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

46  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P CreditExam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - X

Core Course

PS10CIBG21 Biosafety, Bioethics & IPR T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG22 Bioinformatics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG23 Practical Based on PS10CIBG21 & PS10CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG24 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course PS10EIBG21 Dissertation 12 300/120

Total Credit 25

Page 48: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

47 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOSAFETY, BIOETHICS AND IPR COURSE CODE: PS10CIBG21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Students will learn about the ethical issues in biomedical research and the guidelines to

be followed 2 Information about various biosafety issues in biotechnological research and guidelines to

be followed 3 Exposure abour types of IR and patent system in India. 4 Role of WTO, TRIPS. Biodiversity and Indigenous knowledge.

UNIT I: Bioethics Introduction, ethical conflicts in biological sciences - interference with nature, bioethics in health care - patient confidentiality, informed consent, euthanasia, artificial reproductive technologies, prenatal diagnosis, genetic screening, gene therapy, transplantation. Bioethics in research – cloning and stem cell research, Human and animal experimentation, animal rights/welfare, Agricultural biotechnology - Genetically engineered food, environmental risk, labeling and public opinion. Sharing benefits and protecting future generations - Protection of environment and biodiversity – biopiracy. Blue Cross in India, Green Peace: Human rights and responsibilities.

UNIT II: Biosafety Biosafety & Biosecurity - introduction; historical background; introduction to biological safety cabinets; primary containment for biohazards; biosafety levels; GRAS organisms, biosafety levels of specific microorganisms; recommended biosafety levels for infectious agents and infected animals; definition of GMOs & LMOs; principles of safety assessment of transgenic plants – sequential steps in risk assessment; concepts of familiarity and substantial equivalence; risk – environmental risk assessment and food and feed safety assessment; problem formulation – protection goals, compilation of relevant information, risk characterization and development ofanalysis plan; risk assessment of transgenic crops vs cisgenic plants or products derived from RNAi, genome editing tools..

UNIT III: Introduction to IPR

Page 49: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

48 

Introduction to intellectual property; types of IP: patents, trademarks, copyright & related rights, industrial design, traditional knowledge, geographical indications, protection of new GMOs; International framework for the protection of IP; IP as a factor in R&D; IPs of relevance to biotechnology and few case studies; introduction to history of GATT, WTO, WIPO and TRIPS; plant variety protection and farmers rights act; concept of ‘prior art’: invention in context of “prior art”; patent databases - country-wise patent searches (USPTO, EPO, India); analysis and report formation.

UNIT IV: National and International Regulations International regulations – Cartagena protocol, OECD consensus documents & Codex Alimentarius; Indian regulations – EPA act and rules, guidance documents, regulatory framework – RCGM, GEAC, IBSC and other regulatory bodies; Draft bill of Biotechnology Regulatory authority of India - containments – biosafety levels and category of rDNA experiments; field trails – biosafety research trials – standard operating procedures - guidelines of state governments; GM labeling – Food Safety & Standards Authority of India (FSSAI).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fleming, D.A., Hunt, D.L., (2000). Biotechnology and Safety Assessment (3rd Ed)Academic press. ISBN- 1555811804,9781555811808.

2. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (1999). Biotechnology and safety assessment (3rd Ed). CRCpress, Washington. ISBN: 1560327219, 9781560327219

3. Law and Strategy of biotechnological patents by Sibley. Butterworthpublication.(2007) ISBN: 075069440, 9780750694445.

4. Intellectual property rights-Ganguli-Tata McGraw Hill. (2001) ISBN-10: 0074638602,5. Intellectual Property Right-Wattal-Oxford Publication House.(1997)

ISBN:0195905024.6. Biotechnology -A comprehensive treatise (Vol. 12). Legal economic and ethical

dimensions VCH. (2nd Ed) ISBN-10 3527304320.7. Encyclopedia of Bioethics 5 Vol set, (2003) ISBN-10: 0028657748.8. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (2002). Biotechnology and safety Assessment (3 rd Ed)

Academic press.9. M. K. Satish (2011) Bioethics and Biosafety IK International, (P) Ltd, New Delhi10. H.K.Das. Text book of biotechnology 3rd edition.11. Ganguli, P. (2001). Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge Economy.

New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.12. National IPR Policy, Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of

Commerce, GoI13. Kuhse, H. (2010). Bioethics: An Anthology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Page 50: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

 

49  

14. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Design & Trademarks; Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion; Ministry of Commerce & Industry; Government of India. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/

15. Karen F. Greif and Jon F. Merz, Current Controversies in the Biological Sciences - Case Studies of Policy Challenges from New Technologies, MIT Press

16. World Trade Organisation. http://www.wto.org 17. World Intellectual Property Organisation. http://www.wipo.int 18. International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants. http://www.upov.int 19. National Portal of India. http://www.archive.india.gov.in 20. National Biodiversity Authority. http://www.nbaindia.org 21. Recombinant DNA Safety Guidelines, 1990 Department of Biotechnology, Ministry of

Science and Technology, Govt. of India. Retrieved from http://www.envfor.nic.in/divisions/csurv/geac/annex-5.pdf

22. Wolt, J. D., Keese, P., Raybould, A., Fitzpatrick, J. W., Burachik, M., Gray, A., Wu, F. (2009). Problem Formulation in the Environmental Risk Assessment for Genetically Modified Plants. Transgenic Research, 19(3), 425-436. doi:10.1007/s11248-009-9321-9

23. Craig, W., Tepfer, M., Degrassi, G., &Ripandelli, D. (2008). An Overview of General Features of Risk Assessments of Genetically Modified Crops. Euphytica, 164(3), 853- 880. doi:10.1007/s10681-007-9643-8

24. Guidelines for Safety Assessment of Foods Derived from Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008.

25. Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures for Confined Field Trials of Regulated Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008. Retrieved from http://www.igmoris.nic.in/guidelines1.asp

26. Alonso, G. M. (2013). Safety Assessment of Food and Feed Derived from GM Crops: Using Problem Formulation to Ensure “Fit for Purpose” Risk Assessments. Retrieved from http://biosafety.icgeb.org/inhousepublicationscollectionbiosafetyreviews.

PRACTICALS:

1. Good lab Practices 2. Handling of rDNA in laboratory 3. Disposal of Hazardous waste in laboratory 4. Patent Filing 5. Case study (Traditional Knowledge and Patent related)

Page 51: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

50 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOINFORMATICS COURSE CODE: PS10CIBG22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Knowledge of various databases and their uses. Concepts of scoring matrices andsequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences

2. Various methods for prediction of gene structure in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes,computational RNA Structure analysis and various methods for complete transcriptcataloguing and gene discovery

3. Concepts and tools for genomics and comparative genomics, phylogenetic analysis byvarious types of trees and methods

4. Learning about the tools for proteomics, different algorithms for prediction of secondary& 3D structure of protein and protein folding.

UNIT I: Introduction to Bioinformatics:- Overview, Internet and bioinformatics, Applications. Introduction and Bioinformatics Resources: Knowledge of various databases and bioinformatics tools available at these resources, the major content of the databases, Literature databases: Nucleic acid sequence databases: GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ Protein sequence databases: SWISS-PROT, PDB, SCOP, CATH Genome Databases at NCBI, EBI, Other Databases of Patterns/Motifs/System Biology (Gene and protein network database and resources) Various file formats for bio-molecular sequences: genbank, fasta, gcg, msf, nbrfpir etc. Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, Definitions of homologues, orthologues, paralogues, xenologus.

UNIT II: Sequence analysis:- Scoring matrices: basic concept of a scoring matrix, PAM and BLOSUM series. Sequence-based Database Searches: what are sequence-based database searches, BLAST and FASTA algorithms, various versions of basic BLAST and FASTA.

Page 52: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

51 

Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignments: basic concepts of sequence alignment, Needleman &Wuncsh, Smith & Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments, Progressive and hierarchical algorithms for MSA.

UNIT III: Functional genomics:- Use of pairwise alignments and Multiple sequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences and interpretation of results. Multiple sequence Alignment: CLUSTAL W Putting together all of the information into a genome database. Definition and description of phylogenetic trees and various types of trees, Molecular basis of evolution, Method of construction of Phylogenetic trees: Distance based method (UPGMA, NJ), Character Based Method (Maximum Parsimony and Maximum Likelihood method).

UNIT IV: Molecular Modeling:- Structural classification of proteins, Protein structure analysis structure alignment and comparison, Classes, folds, motif, domain Secondary structure and evaluation: algorithms of Chou Fasman, GOR methods. Tertiary Structure: basic principles and protocols, Methods to study 3D structure. Active site prediction, Protein folding, Protein modeling and drug design.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mount DW, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis (2nd edition). SpringHarbor Press.

2. Arthur Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford Uni. Press.3. Rastogi. Bioinformatics : Methods and Applications.4. Ghosh Z and Mallick B, Bioinformatics-Principles and Applications, Oxford

University. Press (First Print: 2008; Second Print: 2009)5. Creighton TE, Protein Structure: A Practical Approach6. Creighton TE, Protein Structure and Molecular Properties, Freeman7. Leach AR, Molecular Modeling : Principles and Application8. Bourne PE, Weissig H, Structural Bioinformatics, Wiley Schlick T. Molecular

Modelling and Simulation An Inter disciplinary Guide, Springer9. Pevzner PA Computational Molecular BiologyAn Algorithmic Approach. Prentice

Hall10. Thomas Lengauer ,Bioinformatics - From Genomes to Therapies: Volume 1

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of different database of NCBI,2. Protein Sequence Databases (PIR, SwissProt)

Page 53: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

52 

3. Introduction of PIR, ExPasy, EMBL, SCOP, CATH4. Database introduction-Prosite, BLOCKS, Pfam/ Prodom5. Introduction of Genome browser – UCSC, ensemble, vista6. Use of L-ALIGN7. Alignment using BLAST8. Clustal-W and Phylogenetic Analysis9. Visualization by RASMOL & SPDBV10. Homology modeling11. Docking12. Ramchandran Plot

Page 54: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

53  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Industrial Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VII

Core Course

PS07CIBI21 Cell Communication & Cell Signaling T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBI22 Biodegradation & Bioremediation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBI23 Food Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBI24 Practical Based on PS07CIBI21 & PS07CIBI22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBI25 Practical Based on PS07CIBI23& PS07EIBI2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBI26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Page 55: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

54  

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS07EIBI21 Plant Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBI22 Microbial Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBI23 Environmental Chemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBI24 Clinical biochemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 56: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

55  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CELL COMMUNICATION AND CELL SIGNALING

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBI21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Introduction membrane structure, transport across it, intracellular vesicular traffic

2. Cytoskeletal structures, cell cycle

3. Introduction to various signaling pathways in living system, types of receptors

4. Pathways of intracellular transduction

UNITI: Cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesion: Cell adhesive molecules, cell junctions, cadherins mediate cell-cell adhesion, Desmosomes, Tight junction Integrins Mediate cell-ECM adhesion, Gap junction, Plasmodesmata Basal lamina and extra cellular matrix. Cell Cycle – Phases of Cell Cycle, functional importance of each phase, Molecular events during cell cycle, Checkpoints. General account on programmed cell death (Apoptosis) - intrinsic and extrinsic pathways UNITII: Mechanisms of Cell communication: General principles of cell communication, Introduction to signalling Receptors (GPCRs, Ion Channel Coupled receptors, Enzyme coupled receptors) and ligands, Signalling through G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) - Adenylyl Cyclase, Phospholipase C and small mediators, heterotrimeric G-proteins, : effectors, Secondary messenger: NO , Calcium, cAMP Tyrosine kinase receptors, Cytokine receptors, Src kinases UNITIII: Pathways of intracellular transduction:Wnt and Hedgehog Signaling, Notch/Delta signaling, ras/MAPK pathways, Mitogenic signaling Cytokine signaling/JAK-STAT/mTOR, NFkappa B signaling, TGF Beta signaling, PI3-kinase Lipid Signaling

Page 57: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

56  

Unit IV:Host Parasite interaction: Recognition and entry process of different pathogens like bacteria, viruses into cells. Alteration of host cell behavior by pathogens. Cancer: Genetic rearrangement in progenitor cells, oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P.DeRobertis and E.M.P.DeRobertis. 8th Edition, Reprinted -2007) B.I.PublicationsPvt. Ltd.(Indian Edition).ISBN: 0-7817-3493-2.

2. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments by Gerald Karp.5th Edition, Wiley International Edition, John Wiley&Sons,Inc. ISBN: 0-471-65665-8.

3. Molecular Biology of THE CELL by Albert et al.4th Edition, 2002, Garland Science, Taylor & Francis Group. ISBN: 0-8153-3218-1

4. The Cell – A Molecular Approach by Geoffrey M. Cooper and Robert E. Hassman. 3rd Edition, 2004, ASM Press, Sinauer Associates, Inc.ISBN:0-87893-214-3.

5. Molecular cell Biology by Harvey Lodish, 5th Edition, (2004) W.H.Freeman and Company, New York.ISBN:0-7167-4366-3.

6. Cell Biology by C.B. Powar.(Reprinted-2004)Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 7. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology by P.S. Verma and

V.K. Agarwal(Reprinted -2007) Pub.S.Chand& Company Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi. 8. Cytology by P.S. Verma and V.K. Agarwal (Reprinted -2006) Pub:S.Chand& Company

Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi-110055.ISBN: 81-219-0814-0. PRACTICALS:

1. Mitosis preparation 2. Meiosis preparation 3. Histological localization of DNA and RNA 4. Histone protein localization 5. Nucleolus localization 6. Enzyme localization 7. Protein localization 8. Lipid localization 9. PAS reaction for GAG molecules

Page 58: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

57  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: BIODEGRADATION AND BIOREMEDIATION

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBI22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Introduction to biodegradation, enzymes involved, degradation of hydrocarbons, 2 Microbial transformation of pesticides, degradation of woods, degradation of some

VOC 3 Bioremediation of soil and water pollutants 4 Various bioremediation strategies, bioremediation of air pollutants UNIT I: Biodegradation-I: Introduction, Determination of biodegradability, Principles of bacterial degradation, environmental factors affecting biodegradation, enzymes, toxicity. Aerobic degradation of hydrocarbons, growth associated aliphatic compound degradation, Degradation of Aromatic compounds. Anaerobic bacterial degradation-biopolymer, fats, lipids, hydrocarbon, N-alkyl, S-alkyl, ketones compound degradation.

UNIT II: Biodegradation-II: Microbial transformation of pesticides, Fundamental reactions of pesticide metabolism-β-oxidation, oxidative dehalogenation, dealkylation, decarboxylation, epoxidation. Aromatic Non-heterocyclic Ring Cleavage-Hydrolysis, Halogen reaction, Nitro-reduction. Anaerobic degradation of 2,4 D, 2,4,5-T and PCB. Degradation of selected volatile organic compounds in ground water-Chlorinated alkanes-PCE, PCA, TCA, TCE, DCA and CT (biotic, abiotic, aerobic and anaerobic transformations).

UNIT III: Overview of bioremediation strategies, Ex Situ versus In Situ Bioremediation. Factors affecting bioremediation.In-situ bioremediation- Biosparging, Bioventing, Bioaugmentation (Benefits, Limitation, Process and factors to consider). Ex-situ Bioremediation- Land farming, composting, Biopiles. Bioreactors. Phytoremediation: Types of phytoremediation technologies (phytoextraction, phytostabilization, phytovolatilaztion,rhizodegradation, rhizofilteration).

UNIT IV: Use of bacteria fungi and algae in biosorption, Biomineralisation& Bioleaching: Microorganisms involved in Bioleaching of ores, mechanisms of bioleaching, Bioleaching &

Page 59: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

58  

Metal recovery.Molecular techniques in bioremediation,Role of plasmids in bioremediation, Genetics and gene manipulation: Metagenomics in Bioremediation, Bio-surfactants in bioremediation, Microbial surfactants. Bioremediation of air pollutants-Microbial degradation of contaminants in gas phase, Biofilteration, Biofilter media, Microbial ecology of biofilters.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Ronal L. Crawford, Don L. Crawford. Bioremediation: Principles and Applications. ISBN: 0521470412.

2. Anthony H. Rose. Microbial Biodeterioration. Academic Press. ISBN: 0125965567. 3. Dennis Allsopp, Kenneth J. Seal, Christine C. Gaylarde. Introduction to

Biodeterioration. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0521528879. 4. Alan Scragg. Environmental Biotechnology. 2nd Edition. Oxford Press. ISBN: 0-

19926867-3. 5. Pradipta Kumar Mohaparta. Textbook of Environmental Biotechnology. I. K.

International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 81-88237-54-X. 6. R. Margesin and F. Schinner. Manual of Soil analysis: Monitoring and Assessing Soil

Bioremediation. Springer Publishers ISBN: 3540253467. 7. James J. Valdes. Bioremediation Kluwer Academic Publishers ISBN 0792364597. 8. Subhas K. Sikdar and Robert L. Irvine Biodegradation Technology Developments

Vol: II, Bioremediation: Principles and practice. CRC Press. ISBN-10: 1566763088.

PRACTICALS:

1. Isolation of hydrocarbon degrading microorganisms. 2. Analysis of Chromium. 3. Analysis of iron. 4. Isolation of metal detoxifying microorganisms. 5. Study of biodegradation of aromatic compounds using TLC. 6. Decolourization of dye. 7. Study of biofilm: slide immersion tech and staining

Page 60: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

59  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBI23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Opportunities and applications of food biotechnology

2 Probiotics and prebiotics: their significance and guidelines for use

3 Production of genetically modified foods, guidelines for their production and

release

4 Application of biotechnology in improving nutritional value of food

UNIT I:

Scope of food biotechnology

Food as a substrate

Role of Microbes in food Biotechnology – Bacteria, yeasts and moulds

Food Spoilage

a) General principles underlying food spoilage and contamination.

b) Spoilage of canned food,vegetables, fruits, meat and meat products,milk and milk

products fish and seafood

UNIT II:

Food poisoning

Food borne pathogens

a) Bacterial food borne infections and intoxications- Brucella, Campylobacter,

Page 61: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

60  

Clostridium, Escherichia (ETEC/EHEC/EPEC/EAEC), Salmonella, Shigella, Listeria

and Vibrio

b) Non- bacterial food borne infections and intoxications- Protozoa, fungi& viruses

UNIT III:

a) Food preservation

Principles of food preservation – Physical and chemical preservation methods,

Bio preservatives

b) Starter cultures for dairy &fermented foods

Oriental fermented foods: Shoyu and Tempeh

Fermented milk products: Yogurt and Kefir

Fermented vegetables – Sauerkraut

UNIT IV:

Genetically modified foods

Food research organizations/institutes in India

Food sanitation – Microbiology of food plant sanitation, water and milk testing

Food laws and quality control – HACCP, Codex Alimentarius, PFA, FPO, MFPO, BIS,

AGMARK.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Food Microbiology, Frazier and Westhoff

2. Food microbiology, Adam and Moss

3. Dairy Microbiology by Robinson. Volume I and II.

4. Fundamental Food Microbiology, Bibek Ray and ArunBhuniya

Page 62: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

61  

PRACTICALS:

1. Microbiological examination of fresh and canned foods 2. Microbiological examination of spoiled foods and fruits 3. Microbiological examination of milk by Breeds method 4. Microbiological quality testing of milk (MBRT test) 5. Extraction of Mycotoxins from contaminated grains/foods. 6. Detoxification of mycotoxins. 7. Isolation, Screening and Identification of bacterial probiotics like LAB 8. Isolation, Screening and Identification probiotic yeast 9. Microbiological examination of mushrooms

Page 63: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

62  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBI21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Tools and techniques of plant genetic engineering

2 Molecular biology of nitrogen fixation, nif gene transfer, herbicide resistant plants

production

3 Transgenic plants for agriculture and commercial applications

4 Plant tissue culture techniques UNIT I: Plant biotechnology present scenario, Micropropogation and its application; Types of different organ culture and its application; Somaclonal variation: Introduction, Different pathways of somaclonal variation; factor affecting of somaclonal variation, Detection of somaclonal variation; Somaclonal variation its application in crop improvement.

UNIT II: Chloroplast transformation: Structure of chloroplast; Plastid chromosome; Transformation methods-Agrobacterium mediated transformation, Particle gun method, Gene replacement, Gene insertion; Limitation of chloroplast transformation; Application of chloroplast transformation.

UNIT III: Secondary metabolite: Role of secondary metabolites, Basic biosynthetic pathways, Techniques used in biosynthesis, Source of secondary metabolites; criteria for cell selection, factor affecting the culture of cells, Different bioreactors and their use in secondary metabolites production, Production of bioactive secondary metabolites by plant tissue culture.

UNIT IV: Transgenic plants production: Development of abiotic (Insect, Disease, Herbicide) and biotic (Drought) resistant plants. Peptide production, biodegradable plastic and edible vaccine. DNA barcoding in plants its application.

Page 64: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

63  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

An introduction to Plant Tissue culture by MK Razdan. M.K. 2003. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2003.

Plant Biotechnology: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering by Adrian Slater, Nigel W. Scott, Mark R. Fowler. Oxford University Press, 2008.

Biochemistry & Molecular Biology of Plants. Bob Buchanan, Wilhelm Gruissem, Russell Jones. John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

Plant biotechnology – J Hammond, et. al., Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture for production of food ingredients – T J Fu, G Singh, et.

al. Biotechnology in crop improvement – H S Chawla. Practical application of plant molecular biology – R J Henry, Chapman & Hall. ¾

Elements of biotechnology – P K Gupta. An introduction to plant tissue culture – M K Razdan. Plant propagation by tissue culture: The technology (Vols. 1 & 2) – Edwin George. Handbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue

and cell culture – H E Street, Blackwell Scientific. Cell culture and somatic cell genetics of plants (Vols. 1 to 3) – A K Vasil, A. Press. Plant cell culture technology – M M Yeoman. Plant tissue culture and its biotechnological applications – W Bary, et. al., Springer

Verlag. Principles of plant biotechnology: An introduction to genetic engineering in plants – S

H Mantel, et. al. Advances in biochemical engineering / Biotechnology – Anderson, et. al. Applied and fundamental aspects of plant cell tissue and organ culture edited by

Reinert & Bajaj Y P S, Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture – S Narayanswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co. Introduction of plant biotechnology – H.S. Chawla. Third Edition; Oxford and IBH

publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of MS media for inoculation

2. Micropropogation through nodal explants

3. Callus induction

4. Mass multiplication of banana

Page 65: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

64  

5. Agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated plant transformation

6. Protoplast isolation

7. Embryo dissection and culture

8. DNA isolation of plant material

Page 66: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

65  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBI22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Exploitation microorganisms for industrial product production (primary

metabolites)

2. Industrial production of secondary metabolites using microorganisms (e.g.

antibiotics)

3. Steroidbiotransformation and ergot alkaloids production, biofuels.

4. Food and dairy products production e.g. Cheese, yoghurt, Beer, Wine.  

UNIT I:

Scope of Microbial biotechnology.

Microbial production and applications of primary metabolites: Citric acid, Ethanol,

L-Glutamic acid, Vitamin B12

Industrially important microbial enzymes: Types, mode of action and industrial

applications of microbial amylases and proteases

UNIT II:

Microbial production of therapeutically important products:-

Antibiotics: Penicillin, Streptomycin

Ergot alkaloids: Production by Saprophytic cultivation

Biotransformations of steroids: Hydroxylation and dehydrogenation,

Page 67: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

66  

Steroid biotransformations.

UNIT III:

Production of single cell protein from bacteria, fungi and algae, Characteristics,

nutritional value and safety, substrates used, process examples, applications.

Cultivation of edible and medicinal mushrooms: Nutritional and medicinal properties

Production and applications of microbial exopolysaccharides: Classification, Biological

functions, structure and biosynthesis of Xanthan and Alginate,

Factors affectingfermentative production of exopolysaccharides and downstream

processing(recovery).

Production of bioplastics (Polyhydroxyalkonates)

UNIT IV:

Microbiology and technology of fermented dairy products:

Cheese making: Cheese varieties, manufacture of cheddar cheese,

Sources andproperties of rennets.

Yoghurt making

Beer and Wine production

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Biotechnology - Rehm and Reid.

2. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo Young.

3. Microbial Technology Vol I & II - Henry J. Peppler&D.Perlman

4. Microbiology & technology of fermented foods - Robert W. Hutkins. Blackwell

publishing.

5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology 2nd edition - Nduka Okafor,

Benedict C. Okeke - (2017, CRC Press)

Page 68: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

67  

 

PRACTICALS:

1. Production of cellulase enzyme by solid-state fermentation.

2. Saccharification of agro-waste by cellulase enzyme.

3. Bioassay of antibiotics

4. Production of citric acid by submerged fermentation

5. Production of protease by submerged fermentation.

6. Single cell oil production by Yeast

7. Production of Yoghurt

8. Downstream processing of penicillin

Page 69: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

68  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBI23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Structure and composition of atmosphere, greenhouse effect 2 Water cycle, its pollutants, types of reactions in various water bodies 3 Organic and inorganic components of soil 4 Biochemical cycling of elements

UNIT I: Atmospheric Chemistry and Air Pollution: Chemical processes for formation of inorganic and organic particulate matter, thermochemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere.Gaseous pollutants, sources, reactions, control and effects of air pollutants on living and non-living things. Effects of meteorological and topographical factors. Global Climate change: Ozone depletion, Acid Rain and Greenhouse effect. Formation and effects of Photochemical smog.

UNIT II: Water Chemistry and Water Pollution: Chemistry of Natural Waters, Water resources, hydrological cycle, physical and chemical properties of water, complexion in natural and waste water, role of microorganisms, Water pollutants, Types, Sources, Heavy metals, Metalloids Organic, Inorganic, Biological and Radioactive. Types of reactions in various water bodies including marine environment, Eutrophication and ecological magnification due to water pollution.

UNIT III: Biogeochemical cycling of elements:Gaia Hypothesis, The Carbon cycle-Carbon transfer through food webs-Carbon cycling within Habitats-Carbon Monoxide cycling. The Hydrogen Cycle, The oxygen Cycle. The Nitrogen Cycle-Ammonification, nitrification and denitrification. The Sulfur Cycle-Oxidative and reductive sulfur transformation. The phosphorus Cycle, Iron cycle, Manganese Cycle and Calcium Cycle.

UNIT IV: Soil chemistry & soil composition: Soil profile: Organic & Inorganic components of soil, Physical and Chemical Properties, cation exchange capacity, soil pH, environmental properties of soils. Leaching and erosion. Reactions with acids and bases. Geochemical reactions that neutralize acidity. Biological Process that neutralize acidity, Pesticide and Polymer Pollution. Physiochemical control of soil pollution.

Page 70: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

69  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Environmental Chemistry, a global perspective. Gary W. Valoon& Stephen J. Duffy, Oxford University Press.

2. Environmental chemistry, B. K. Sharma. 3. Mahajan, S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1985. 4. M. Arora, Environmental management of toxic and hazardous waste. 5. Tyagi, O. D. and M. Mehra, Textbook of Environmental Chemistry. 6. A.K. de. Environmental Chemistry 2000 (4th edition). New age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi, India. 7. Kenneth Wark, Cecil F. Warner, Wayne T. Davis, Air pollution origin and its control

work, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall. 8. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition

Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3. 9. Stanley E. Manohar, Environmental Chemistry, Williard Grant press, Beston,

Massachutes

PRACTICALS:

1. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrate. 2. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrite. 3. Analysis of ammonia. 4. Determination of sulphate by turbidometric method. 5. Determination of zinc by EDTA complexometic reaction.\ 6. Analysis of Total Hardness, Ca+2 Hardness and Mg+2 Hardness. 7. Analysis of Ca+2 from egg shell. 8. Analysis of sulfite.

Page 71: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

70  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBI24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Specimen collection, preservation and transportation, composition of various body

fluids 2 Acid base balance and disorders, types and functions of carbohydrates 3 Clinical enzymology, haemoglobin 4 General organ function tests UNIT I: Introduction to clinical biochemistry: Specimen collection, preservation and transportation (blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid). Chemistry, composition & functions of lymph, CSF, ascitic fluid, pleural fluid & synovial fluid. UNIT II: pH and Acid base balance & disorders, Electrolytes balance & imbalance, Blood gases and blood buffers. Types, function and importance of carbohydrates, proteins and lipid, Lipoproteins, Apolipoproteins, Lipoprotein metabolism and disorders. UNIT III: Clinical Enzymology: Principle of diagnostic enzymology, Liver, cardiac and skeletal enzyme, Digestive enzyme, Miscellaneous enzyme. Hemoglobin (Biochemistry, synthesis and breakdown), Hemoglobinopathies, Thalessemia, Bilirubin metabolism, Jaundice, Vandenbergh test. UNIT IV: General Organ function tests: Liver function tests, , Thyroid function tests, Pancreatic function tests, Cardiac Function Test. Biochemistry of Diabetes mellitus, Atherosclerosis, Fatty liver, and obesity. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, Carl A. Burtis, Edward R. Ashwood, Harcourt Brace & Company AisaPvt. Ltd. ISBN-13: 978-0721656106

Page 72: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

71  

2. Commercial Biosensors: Graham Ramsay, John Wiley & Son, INC. (1998). ISBN-13: 978-0-471-58505-3

3. Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology, Lisa Anne Shimeld. 4. Diagnostic Microbiology, Balley& Scott’s. Eleventh Edition. ISBN 0-323-01678-2 5. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics, 4th Edition By Carl

A. Burtis, , Edward R. Ashwood, and David E. Bruns, - ISBN -9780721601892 6. The Science of Laboratory Diagnosis, Crocker Burnett. ISBN 1899066624 7. Text books of Medical Laboratory Technology – Dr. Praful B. Godkar 8. Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods 2 Richard

McPherson Matthew Pincus ISBN: 978-1-4160-0287- 9. Biochemistry for medical students: Vasudeven and Shreekumar Jay pee prakashan. 10. Practical Clinical biochemistry by Harold verly 11. Text book of medical biochemistry by- Chatterjea and Rana Shinde

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of standard solution, molar solution and other reagents

2. Analysis of normal and abnormal urine

3. Estimation of blood /serum glucose by various methods/ GTT

4. Glycosylated Hb, Hb Electrophoresis

5. Estimation Bilirubin , direct , total

6. Estimation of total protein and A/G ratio

7. Electrophoresis of plasma proteins

8. Estimation of total cholesterol and its fractions

9. Estimation of total lipids

10. Estimation of SGPT,SGOT

11. Hormone estimation: Determination of T3 or T4 by ELISA

Page 73: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

72  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Industrial Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VIII

Core Course

PS08CIBI21 Industrial Waste Management T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBI22 Bioprocess Engineering and Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBI23 O'-mics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBI24 Practical Based on PS08CIBI21 & PS08CIBI22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBI25 Practical Based on PS08CIBI23& PS08EIBI2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Page 74: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

73  

PS08CIBI26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS08EIBI21 Animal Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBI22 Bioseperation Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBI23 Protein Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBI24 Environment Policy and Legislation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 75: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

74  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: INDUSTRIAL WASTE MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBI21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Waste water management 2. Aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment process 3. Paper pulp, dairy and textile industry

UNIT I: Wastewater management: Types and sources of water pollutants, Methods for measurement of water pollutants: BOD, COD, coliforms, biotechnological methods used for monitoring of pollutants. Wastewater treatment methods: Primary: Screening, grit removal, floatation tank, coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation. Secondary treatment methods: Biological treatment methods examples of attached and suspended techniques. Tertiary treatment methods: Nutrients removal, advanced oxidation processes and sludge treatment methods.

UNIT II: Aerobic Biological Treatment Processes:Process fundamentals Methods of aeration, design considerations, Operational difficulties. Description, design and operation of aerobic treatment systems: Activated Sludge process, Trickling Filters, Waste stabilization ponds. Anaerobic Biological Treatment Processes:Description, design and operation of attached and suspended growth processes: Anaerobic digestion, up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactors (UASB), Septic tank. Solid Waste Management: Composting.

UNIT III: Biomedical waste management: Introduction, Types of biomedical waste, sources of biomedical wastes, Hazardous biomedical wastes. Waste segregation and labeling, Handling, Collection, Storage and transportation. Hazardous Waste management:Definition, sources, characteristics and categories of hazardous wastes. Toxicology and Risk Assessment, Environmental Fate of Hazardous Materials. Hazardous waste collection and transportation.Hazardous waste treatment technologies: Physical, chemical. UNIT IV: Dairy: General Characteristics of Dairy Wastewaters and Treatment of Dairy Effluent Wastewater. Paper Pulp: Problems Related with Pulp and Paper Industry. Textile industry: Characterization of textile industrial wastewater, Treatment Technologies of textile industrial effluents. Tanning Industry: Characterization of Effluents, Environmental Impact of Tannery Effluents.

Page 76: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

75  

Pharmaceutical Industry: Characterization of effluents, treatment technologies for pharmaceutical effluents.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Clesceri LS. Greenberg AE, Eaton AD. (2004) Standard methods for examination of water &wastewater. American Public Health Association.

2. Gabriel Bitton. Wastewater Microbiology. 3rd edition, A John Wiley & Sons, INC., Publication. ISBN: 0-471-65071-4.

3. Metcalf and Eddy Inc. (1979) Wastewater Engineering treatment, Disposal, Reuse. Tata McGraw Hill Publication. Co. Ltd.

4. Soli J. Arceivala. Wastewater treatment for pollution control. 2nd edition, Tata-McGrawHill Publishing Company Limited. ISBN: 0-07-463002-4. 11. M. N. Rao and A. K. Datta. Wastewater Treatment. ISBN: 8120402154.

5. Hazardous wastes: Sources Pathways Receptors by Richard J. Watts ISBN: 9780471002383.

6. Criteria for hazardous waste landfills – CPCB guidelines 2000. 7. Anantpreet Singh and Sukhjit Kaur. (2012). Biomedical Waste Disposal. Jaypee

Brothers Medical Publishers. ISBN: 978-93-5025-554-4. 8. Indu Shekhar Thakur. Environmental Biotechnology Basic concepts and

applications. IK International Pvt, Ltd. ISBN 81-88237-52-3. 9. M. N. Rao and A. K. Datta. Wastewater Treatment. ISBN: 8120402154.

 

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of Dissolved oxygen 2. Determination of BOD of sewage 3. Determination of COD sewage 4. Estimation of Total Solids (TS) 5. Estimation of Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 6. Estimation of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 7. Estimation of MLSS/MLVSS 8. IMViC tests. 9. Routine Bacteriological analysis of water: a. Tests for coliforms: Presumptive test,

Confirmatory test and Completed test. 10. Determination of MPN of coliform. 11. Field trip to a wastewater treatment plant.

Page 77: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

76  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBI22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Design of fermenter, media for industrial fermentations 2 Sterilization of media and air, microbial growth kinetics 3 Components of Aeration and agitation, scale up and scale down, Control systems 4 Introduction to downstream processing

UNIT I:

Introduction to Bioprocess technology- History of fermentation, Range of fermentation

processes, Chronological development of fermentation industry, Introduction of types of

fermentation processes.

Isolation, primary and secondary screening, preservation, maintenance and improvement

of

Industrially important organisms.

UNIT II:

Media for industrial fermentation: Components of medium, Addition of precursor and

Metabolic regulators to media, Media optimization by conventional and statistical

methods

(Plackett-Burman design, Response surface method)

Sterilization of media and air: Kinetics of medium sterilization, Design of batch

sterilization

Page 78: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

77  

process, Scale up of batch sterilization process, Design of continuous sterilization

process,

Sterilization of air by filtration, Theory and design of depth filters

UNIT III:

Bioreactor design: Laboratory, pilot and large-scale reactors. Mechanical, pneumatic

and

Hydrodynamic systems. Plug flow reactors, immobilization and immobilized enzyme

reactors.

Scale up and Scale down and Aseptic operations &containment. Components of

Agitation and aeration. Inoculum development.

UNIT IV:

Bioprocess kinetics: Kinetics of growth and substrate utilization in batch, fed batch and

Continuous fermentation systems.

Control of process parameters: Instrumentation for monitoring bioreactor and

fermentation processes, Sensors, Controllers, fermentation control systems and

architecture, Incubation

and sequence control, advanced control.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker &

Stephen J. Hall.

2. Comprehensive Biotechnology - Murray Moo Young

3. Methods in Industrial Microbiology - Sikyta

4. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology - El Mansi and Bryc

Page 79: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

78  

5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology – Nduka Okafor & Benedict C.

Okeke

6. Industrial Microbiology:An Introduction – Mickael J. Waites, Neil L. Morgan, John S.

Rockey& Gary Higton

7. Upstream industrial biotechnology / edited by Michael C. Flickinger

PRACTICALS:

1. Screening for amylase producing organisms 2. Screening for organic acid producing microorganisms 3. Isolation of antibiotic producing microorganisms by crowded plate technique 4. Isolation and culturing of yeasts 5. Separation of amino acids by chromatography 6. Estimation of glucose by DNS method 7. Estimation of ethanol by dichromate method 8. Immobilization of microbial cells by entrapment method

Page 80: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

79  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: OMICS COURSE CODE: PS08CIBI23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to genome and proteome, DNA microarray 2 Human genome project, Large scale sequencing methods, some model organisms and

their genome projects 3 Protein structure and function, Methods to study protein-protein interactions 4  concept development about transcriptomics and metabolomics  UNIT I: Introduction to the proteome and the genome, codon bias, gene expression, Genome size-C value paradox, DNA sequencing: Maxam-Gilbert, Sanger, Pyrosequencing, automated DNA sequencing. Other features of nucleic acid sequencing. Analysis and Annotation-ORF, Exon-intron boundaries

UNIT II: Human genome project- Strategies for large-scale sequencing projects; landmarks on chromosomes generated by various mapping methods; BAC libraries and shotgun libraries preparation; Physical map-cytogenetic map, contig map, restriction map. Model organisms and other genome projects (Arabidopsis, Caenorhabditis elegans); Comparative genomics of relevant organisms such as pathogens and non-pathogens

UNIT III: Relationship between protein structure and function, Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis; Spot visualization and picking; Tryptic digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting; Mass spectrometry: ion source (MALDI, spray sources); analyzer (ToF, quadrupole, quadrupole ion trap) and detector. Protein interaction maps. Protein arrays-definition, applications- diagnostics, expression profiling.

UNIT IV: DNA Microarray technology: The generation of cDNA expression libraries, their robotic arraying, Complex hybridization on DNA chips. Transcriptomics: Comparative transcriptomics, Differential gene expression; Genotyping/SNP detection; Detection technology; Computational analysis of microarray data.

Page 81: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

80  

REFERNCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics by Primrose 2. Genetics & Genomics by Csaba Szalai 3. Proteomics: From protein sequencing to function by S.R. Pennington and M.J. Dunn 4. Introduction to genomics by Arthur M Lesk

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction to genome sequence databases 2. Protein and DNA sequence databases 3. Designing a primer 4. Total Protein profile of plant system using PAGE. 5. Determination of molecular weight and quantitation of separated proteins. 6. Demonstration of 2D gel electrophoresis

Page 82: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

81  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBI21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction and scope of Animal Biotechnology 2 Basic techniques of animal cell culture 3 Applications of animal tissue culture 4 Techniques for producing transgenic animals UNIT I: Introduction and scope of Animal Biotechnology Basic requirements for animal tissue culture: Infrastructure, necessary equipments and

accessories for animal tissue culture lab. Culture Media: Different types of media-Natural media, Defined media, Serum free media

Chemical, physical and metabolic functions of different constituents of culture media. Role of serum in tissue culture media Sterilization techniques Biohazards and Bioethics

UNIT II: Biology and characterization of cultured cells Basic techniques of animal cell culture: Primary culture techniques, Enzymatic and mechanical disaggregation techniques Sub culture methods Development of cell lines, nomenclature and types of cell lines. Explant culture, Organ culture – 3Dimensional culture Large scale culture of cells-suspension and monolayer culture Cell separation methods Cell cloning Transformation and immortalization

UNIT III: Application of animal tissue culture Contaminants- source, types and prevention Cell viability Cytotoxicity assays Cryopreservation of cultured cells Hybridoma technology – production of MAbs.

Page 83: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

82  

Vaccine Production

UNIT IV: Transgenic Animal Technology: Techniques for producing transgenic Animals, Application of transgenic animals Artificial animal breeding, Artificial insemination, In vitro fertilization (IVF), Embryo Transfer, Embryo sexing Tissue Engineering- scaffold materials, synthesis of scaffold, cell sources and applications

of Tissue engineering REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Culture of animal cells: A manual of basic technique- R. Ian Freshney, Wiley Publication. 2) Animal cell culture & technology-M. Butler. 3) Animal cell culture techniques- M. Clynes, Springer. 4) Animal Biotechnology- M. M. Ranga. Agrobios (India). 5) Animal Biotechnology-Young, Murray, Moo. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 6) Methods in Cell Biology-Vol. 57, Animal cell culture methods- Mather, J.P., Academic Press. 7) Animal Cell Biotechnology-Spier, R.E. Academic press. 8) Animal biotechnology – P. Ramadass, MJP Publishers 9) Biotechnology- U.Styanarayan, Books and Allied (P) Ltd.

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of animal tissue culture laboratory with necessary equipments and accessories. 2. Preparation of culture media 3. Sterilization of culture media 4. Primary culture from Chick embryo. 5. Cell counting using hemocytometer. 6. Cell viability 7. Organ culture – trachea culture 8. Short term lymphocyte culture. 9. Chromosome preparation from cultured cells. 10. Cytotoxicity test-MTT

Page 84: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

83  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: BIOSEPARATION TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBI22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand about various downstream processing 2. Product isolation and purification methods 3. Final Product Purification and Preparation

UNIT I:

Introduction to downstream processing, Characteristics of fermentation broth and its

pretreatment, Separation of cells and suspended solids: Filtration: theory of filtration,

use of

filter aids, Batch filters, Continuous filters, cross flow filtration.

Membrane processes – Dialysis, ultrafiltration, Reverse osmosis and electrodialysis

UNIT II:

Product isolation methods:

Centrifugation: Cell aggregation and flocculation, Types of commercial centrifuges

Cell disruption by physical and chemical methods,

Liquid-liquid extraction-choice of solvent, co current and counter current extraction,

Centrifugal extractor, Solvent recovery, Two-phase aqueous extraction system, super

critical

fluid extraction.

Page 85: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

84  

UNIT III:

Chromatography techniques for product isolation and purification:

Adsorption chromatography, Gel permeation chromatography, Ion-

exchangechromatography, hydrophobic chromatography, Affinity chromatography, High

performance chromatography (HPLC). FPLC, Expanded bed chromatography

UNIT IV:

Final Product Purification and Preparation Crystallization; Drying and lyophilisation;

Formulation Strategies

Case studies: Recovery of Ethanol, Citric acid, Penicillin.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker and

Stephen J. Hall.

2. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology – E.M.T. El-Mansi and C.F.A.

Bryee.

3. Comprehensive Biotechnology – Murray Moo Young

4. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals – J.E.Bailey& D.F. Ollis.

5. Downstream industrial biotechnology : recovery and purification / edited by

Michael C. Flickinger

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of dry weight and wet weight of cells

2. Determination of total protein of cells by alkali lysis

Page 86: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

85  

3. Recovery and estimation of penicillin

4. Ammonium Sulphate fractionation of protein

5. Dialysis of fractionated proteins

6. Recovery of protein by acetone precipitation

7. Demonstration of chromatography techniques

Page 87: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

86  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: PROTEIN ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBI23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Different tools and methods used in proteomic study. 2. The sources of protein, Industrial and medical application of proteins, 3. Different expression of proteins for large scale purifications, 4. Protein engineering strategy.

UNITI: Proteomics: Sample preparation, Gel-based proteomics - two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DGE), two-dimensional fluorescence difference in-gel electrophoresis (DIGE), Staining methods, PF-2D, Tandem FPLC, Mass spectroscopy: basic principle, ionization sources, mass analyzers, different types of mass spectrometers (MALDI-TOF Q-TOF, LC-MS)

UNIT II: Multidimensional proteomics: SELDI-TOF. Quantitative proteomics - stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC), isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), isobaric tagging for relative and absolute quantitation (iTRAQ); Label-free proteomics., Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), basic principles, chemical shift, spinspin interaction, NOE, 2D-NMR, NOESY, COSEY.

UNIT III: X-ray Crystallography: Principle of X-ray diffraction, scattering vector, structure factor, phase problem, reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere, Miller indices, Zone axes, crystal lattice, Lane Equations, Bragg’s law, special properties of protein crystals, model building, refinement and R-factor.

UNIT VI: Protein Engineering: Protein sources, Industrial and medical application of proteins, different expression of proteins for large-scale purifications, protein engineering strategy, rational and random mutagenesis. Applications of protein engineering protein in Chemical and Medical Industries: Generation of heat stable, pH stable enzymes, application in vaccine development, drug development, sensor development. Practicals, Protein electrophoresis-1D+2D, HPLC, FPLC, MALDI-TOF & LC-MS

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Protein X-Ray Crystallography [3rd ed.] by Jan Drenth

Page 88: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

87  

2. Protein engineering in industrial biotechnology by L Alberghina,Net Library, Inc.

3. Protein Engineering Protocols [1 ed.] by Kristian Müller, Katja Arndt

4. Protein Engineering by C Kohrer, U Rajbhandary

5. Protein Engineering Handbook Volume 3 [1 ed.] by Stefan Lutz, Uwe Theo

Bornscheuer

6. Protein Engineering by P. Kaumaya

7. Protein Structure Prediction: Methods and Protocols by Webster, David

(Southern Cross Molecular Ltd., Bath, UK)

8. Essential Bioinformatics by JinXiong

PRACTICALS: 1. To perform protein extraction. 2. Determine an importance of various electrophoresis techniques in protein engineering. 3. A study an application of liquid chromatographic technique. 4. To understand the importance of gas chromatographic techniques with demonstration. 5. Understanding of principles and applications of MALDI-TOF and SELDI TOFF

Page 89: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

88  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND LEGISLATION

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBI24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Legal structure of India and fundamentals of environmental legislation and policy making.

2. Understand the environmental performance including compliance with environmental legislation.

3. Implementation of environmental policies and practices and raise awareness about the emerging environmental issues.

4. Study of various acts, laws and rules related to air, water, environment and wastes in India

UNIT I: International Law and Environmental Protection: Fundamental Principles of International Environmental Law. United Nations Conference on Human Environment, 1972 (Stockholm Conference) – Aims and Objectives of the Conference, Stockholm Declaration. UNEP- Vienna Convention & Montreal Protocol, World Charter for Nature, 1982. WCED – The Brundtland Commission, Brundtland Report 1987. United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED/Earth Summit) – Aims and Objectives of Conference, Rio Declaration 1992, Agenda 21, Convention on Biological Diversity. Earth Summit Plus Five - Kyoto Protocol, 1997; Millennium Development Goals.Johannesburg Conference 2002 (WSSD) - Johannesburg Declaration & Major Outcomes. UNIT II: History and Development of Environmental Law in India: Environmental Protection in Ancient Indian Tradition and Culture - Protection of Environment in Ancient India and During Medieval Period. Protection of Environment during British Period – Major Legislations. Protection of Environment during Post Independence Period – Pitambar Pant Committee, Tiwari Committee, NCEP, Department of Environment, MOEF Guidelines and Notifications, Appellate Authority Act, Other related Notifications. UNIT III: Protection of Environment under the Indian Constitution: Introduction – Indirect Provisions, International Obligations, 42nd Constitution Amendment Act, 1976. Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties. Development of Fundamental Right to Environment - Judicial Role, Expansion of Locus Standi, PIL, Constitutional Remedy for

Page 90: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

89  

Protection of Environment, Dynamic Interpretation of Article 21, 14 & 19 of the Constitution. Right to Wholesome Environment – Right to Clean and Pollution-free Environment, Right to Sweet Water. Incorporation of International Principles under Indian Constitution – Sustainable Development - Precautionary and Polluter Pays Principles, Absolute and Strict Liability. UNIT IV: Protection of Water, Air and Environment in India: EP Act 1986, Air (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Mines and Mineral Act, Factories Act, Pesticides Act, Indian Forest Act, Wildlife Act, Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules / Biomedical Rules / Solid Waste Management Rules, Environment Tribunal Act, Climate change Protocols and Conventions,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S.C. Shastri, Environmental Law, (3rd Edition.), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2008.

2. Maheshwara Swamy, Textbook on Environmental Law, (2ndEdition.), Asia Law House, Hyderabad, 2008.

3. Shyam Divan and Armin Rosencranz, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005.

4. Amod S. Tilak, Environmental Law, (1stEdition.), Snow White Publication, Mumbai, 2009.

5. I.A. Khan, Environmental Law, (2ndEdition.), Central Law Agency, Allahabad, 2002. 6. P Leelakrishnan, Environmental Law in India, (2ndEdition.), Lexis Nexis, New Delhi,

2005. 7. S. Shantakumar, Introduction to Environmental Law, (2ndEdition.), Wadhwa &

Company, Nagpur, 2005.

PRACTICALS:

1. Bio-ethanol production from waste materials. 2. Production of biodiesel from vegetable oil. 3. Production of biofuel from algae. 4. Physico-chemical analysis soil. 5. Isolation of Actinomyctes from soil. 6. Demonstration of Lab scale biogas production plant. 7. Saponification value of an oil sample.

Page 91: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

90  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Industrial Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - IX

Core Course

PS09CIBI21 Drug Design and Development T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBI22 Material Balance, Mass Transfer and Transport Process

T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBI23 Metabolic Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBI24 Practical Based on PS09CIBI21 & PS09CIBI22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBI25 Practical Based on PS09CIBI23& PS09EIBI2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Page 92: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

91  

PS09CIBI26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS09EIBI21 Environmental Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBI22 Nanobiotechnology & Applications T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBI23 Cancer Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBI24 Validation, Documentation and cGMP T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 93: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

92  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: DRUG DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBI21

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Appraches to find drug targets 2 Proteinand receptors as drug targets 3 Drug design and optimizing homology model 4 Preclinical and clinical study, regulatory affairs

UNIT I: Finding a target: Choose a disease, finding a target, Identify a bioassay, Find a lead compound, Identify the pharmacophore, determine the structure of the lead compound UNIT II: Protein as – drug target Protein – drug interaction (viz. Intramolecular bonding forces), Drug action at protein, Peptide or protein as drugs, Monoclonal antibodies in medicinal chemistry, Enzymes as – drug target : Enzymes as catalyst, The active sites of an enzymes, Substrate binding at active sites, The catalytic role of enzymes, Regulations of enzymes, Isoenzymes, Enzymes inhibitors and Enzymes kinetics and case study. Receptor as – drug target: Introduction to receptor & Receptors role,Neurotransmitter and hormones,Change in the shape, Design of agonist, antagonist UNIT III: Drug Design and optimizing homology modelling Identify structure – activity relationship (SARs), Binding role of various functional groups,Strategies in drug design, Improve absorption, Making drugs less resistant to drug metabolism, Targeting drugs, Reducing toxicity, Prodrug, Drug alliances, Endogenous compounds as a drug. UNIT IV: Drug Development Preclinical and clinical study, Patenting and regulatory affairs, Chemical and process development, Design a manufacturing process, Register and market the drug. REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 94: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

93  

1. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry; G.L. Patrick, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-850533-7

2. Wilson and Gisvold’sTextbooks of Organic Medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry, 11th edition, by John H. Block and John M. Beale Jr.

3. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 5th edition, by David A. Williams and Thomas L. Lenke.

4. Medicinal chemistry – A biochemical Approach – Oxford University Press, New York, Oxford by T. Nogradyedey.

5. Medicinal Chemistry, Principles and Practice; Ed. F.D. King, Royal Society of Chemistry, 1994,

6. Introductory Medicinal Chemistry; J.B. Taylor and P.D. Kennewell, Ellis Horwood, John – Wiley &Sons, New York.

7. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry & drug Discovery, 5th edition, 1997, Volume – 1, 2,3,4,5 – edited by Manfred E. Wolff, John – Wiley & Sons, New York, ISBN 0-417-27090-3.

PRACTICALS:

1. Retrival of structure for PBP and Ramchandran plot. 2. Homology modelling. 3. Docking 4. Q SAR of selective compound

Page 95: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

94  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: MATERIAL BALANCE, MASS TRANSFER & TRANSPORT

PROCESS COURSE CODE: PS09CIBI22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Ability to solve problems involving reaction stoichiometry.

2. Ability to solve problems involving mass transfer due to diffusion, chemical

reaction, and convection]

3. Ability to size some basic heat and mass transfer equipment

4. Ability to apply engineering judgment including an appreciation of cost and safety

5. Ability to solve mass transfer problems involving biological and environmental

systems UNIT I: Mole concept: Matter and Its nature, concept of atom, molecules, element and compounds, Laws of chemical combination Unit& dimension, conservation of Mass & Energy. Atomic weight, equivalent weight and molecular weight. Mathematical problems

UNIT II: Stoichiometry: Mole concept, Molar Masses, Percentage Yield and percentage composition, empirical & molecular formula. Chemical equation and reaction stoichiometry. Mathematical problems

UNIT III: Material balances: Introduction, Process classification, Balance equation. Balance on continuous steady state process, Integral process. Material balance for unit operations like absorption, distillation, extraction, drying and evaporation. Humidification operation

UNIT IV: Energy balances and heat Transfer: Definition, forms of energy, Transfer of energy, First law of Thermodynamics, Kinetic energy equation, Energy balance in open, close and reactive system, Fundamentals of Heat transfer, Different mode of Heat Transfer Mathematical problems

Page 96: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

95  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic Principles & Calculations in Chemical Engineering, D.M.Himmelblau.,6th Ed., 2004

2. Stoichiometry, B.I.Bhatt&Thakore, Tata McGraw Hill Book Company, 5th Ed,2010 3. Chemical Process Principles, Vol.1, O.A.Hougen, K.M.Watson, R.A.Ragatz., Indian

print, CBS Publishers,2nd Ed., 1995 4. Stoichiometry & Process Calculations, Narayanan K.V., &Lakshmikutti B., Prentice

Hall, 2006 5. Process Calculations, V Venkataramani and N Anantharaman, PHI Learning, 2004 6. Chemical Process Calculations Manual, David CarrIgbinoghene, McGraw Hill

Professional,2004 7. Optimization of Chemical Processes, T F Edgar, D M Himmelblau and L S Lasden,

Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 8. Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Second Edition, Pauline M. Doran - Academic

Press (2012) 9. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals, James E. Bailey, David F. Ollis - McGraw-

Hill Education (1986)

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of KLa by sulphite oxidation method. 2. Ethanol production, distillation and estimation for percentage product yield

estimation. 3. Citric acid fermentation and its estimation. 4. Fermentation time profile with respect to Glucose consumption and biomass

formation by Yeast / Bacteria. 5. Determination of purity of fermentation products on the basis of its physical

properties (Boiling point/Melting point, Density/Specific gravity, Viscosity etc.)

Page 97: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

96  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: METABOLIC ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBI23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Metabolic regulation and its modification, enzyme kinetics

2 Metabolic flux balance analysis

3 Metabolic engineering strategies for production of PHA, solvents.

4 Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization, bioinformatics for

reconstruction of metabolic network

UNIT I:

Overview of metabolism and its regulation; Introduction to Metabolism and Metabolic

Engineering, Enzyme Kinetics, and inhibition kinetics, Regulation of Metabolic pathways

and Networks

UNIT II:

Metabolic flux balance analysis: Determine, Underdetermine and over-determined

systems, Metabolic Control analysis, Engineering of the central metabolism of

Escherichia coli, Metabolic engineering of Escherichia coli for the production of aromatic

compounds,

UNIT III:

Metabolic engineering strategies for the production of polyhydroxyalkanoates, a family of

biodegradable polymers, Metabolic engineering for amino acid production

Page 98: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

97  

(lysine,threonine and tryptphan), Metabolic engineering of antibiotic biosynthesis for

process improvement (increasing the metabolic flux by enhancing enzymatic activity),

Metabolic engineering of Clostridium acetobutylicum for solvent production (acetone)

UNIT IV:

Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization and metabolite production,

metabolic engineering for biodegradation of recalcitrant pollutants, Functional genomics:

microarrays, proteomics and metabolomics, Bioinformatics for reconstruction of

metabolic networks, Systems biology frameworks for metabolic engineering.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metabolic Engineering by Sang Yup Lee and Eleftherios T Papoutsakis.(Power

engineering: 23). ISBN: 0-8247-4875-1.

2. Metabolic Engineering (Biotechnology and Bioprocessing Series) by Sang Yup Lee

- Hardcover, 1st Edition, 450 pages, CRC (1999) ISBN: 082477390X.

3. Pathway Analysis and Optimization in Metabolic engineering by Eberhard O Voit

ISBN 0521800382.

4. Metabolic Engineering - by E Terry Papoutsakis Marcel Dekker Inc publisher

(ISBN: 9780824773908).

5. Metabolic Engineering: Principles and Methodologies by Gregory Stephanopoulos,

Jens Nielsen, George Stephanopoulos Publisher: Elsevier Science & Technology

Books Date Published: 1998 ISBN-13: 9780126662603 ISBN: 0126662606.

Page 99: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

98  

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of Km and Vmax of enzyme

2. Screening and isolation of PHA producing microorganisms

3. Optimization of conditions for PHA production

4. Understanding of Flux balance analysis using appropriate examples

5. Reconstruction of metabolic network from genome annotation using bioinformatics

tools

6. Flux balance analysis to redistribute flux using bioinformatics tools

Page 100: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

99  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBI21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Fundamentals of biological treatment 2 Principle of physical and chemical treatment methods 3 Advanced waste water treatment 4 Design of waste water treatment plants

UNIT I: Fundamentals of Biological Treatment: Bacterial growth and energetic, Microbial Growth Kinetics: Rate of substrate utilization-Active Biomass-Net and Observed Biomass, Calculation of Kinetic coefficients (k, KS, Y and Kd), Modelling suspended growth treatment processes: biomass balance, Aerobic biological oxidation, Biological nitrification, Biological denitrification, Biological Phosphorus Removal.

UNIT II: Physical unit operations: Screening, Flow equalization, Grit removal, Sedimentation, Membrane filtration processes: Reverse osmosis, Nano filtration, ultra filtration, micro filtration and electrodialysis. Chemical unit processes: Chemical coagulation, Chemical precipitation, Chemical oxidation and Chemical neutralization. Chemical storage, feeding, piping and control system. Chemical precipitation for phosphorus removal.

UNIT III: Advanced wastewater treatment: Technologies used for advanced treatment, Removal of organic, inorganic, biological constituents, depth filtration, surface filtration, adsorption, ion-exchange, advanced oxidation processes, Multi Effect Evaporator (need for MEE, design details and principle of MEE, process and operation handling and applications), Disinfection processes, Disinfection with chlorine dioxide, ozone and UV radiation. Dechlorination: Need for dechlorination, Dechlorination with chemicals. Advanced oxidation processes.

UNIT IV: Treatment and disposal of solids: Solids sources and characteristics. Disposal of solids, Composting: Process microbiology, Thickening, Dewatering: Centrifugation, Belt-filter press, Filter presses, Sludge drying beds and lagoons. Heat Drying: Heat transfer methods: process description. Conditioning: Chemical conditioning.

Page 101: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

100  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

2. Qasim, S.R., Motley, E.M. and Zhu.G. Water works Engineering – Planning, Design and Operation, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.

3. Lee, C.C. and Shun dar Lin, Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1999.

4. Hendricks, D. ‘Water Treatment Unit Processes – Physical and Chemical’ CRC Press, NewYork 2006.

PRACTICALS:

1. Chromatographic techniques – Paper chromatography in the identification of amino acids and plant pigments.

2. Determination of kinetic Coefficients in batch wastewater treatment process. 3. Checking of aerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 4. Checking of anaerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 5. Treatability studies of wastewater.

A. Coagulation-Flocculation Jar Test of Water/Effluents. B. Sludge Volume Index (SVI). C. Food/Microorganisms (F/M) Ratio.

6. Determination of volatile fatty acids (VFAs). 7. Biofilm formation and its role in fixed film processes.

Page 102: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

101  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBI22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to nanoworld, nanomaterials, their properties, top down and bottom up

approaches 2 Preparation, characterization and properties of nanostructures materials 3 biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology

4 biofunctionalization of nanomaterials

UNIT I: Introduction to Nanoworld, Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Introduction to nanomaterials, Properties of materials & nanomaterials, role of size in nanomaterials, nanoparticles,semiconducting nanoparticles, nanowires, nanoclusters, quantum wells, conductivity and enhanced catalytic activity compared to the same materials in the macroscopic state From Biotechnology to Nanobiotechnology. What is Nanobiotechnology? Information-Driven Nanoassembly, Energetics, Top down and bottom up approach forbuildingNanomaterial

UNIT II: Introductory overview, preparation, characterization, and properties of nanostructured materials (e.g., metal nanoparticle, quantum dot, carbon nanotube, polymeric nanocarrier, and silica nanoparticle); Chemical Routes for Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Chemical precipitation and co-precipitation; Metal nanocrystals by reduction,Sol-gel synthesis. Fabricationof Nanomaterials by Physical Methods: -Inertgas condensation, Plasma arc technique,Laser pyrolysis, Ball Milling, Chemical vapor deposition and electro-deposition. UNIT III: Nanobiotechnology: Introduction, Biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology viz. Biosensors, separation of cells and cell organelles, drug delivery, genetherapy etc., Nanosensors-Miniaturization of Biosensors, Nanomaterial Based Biosensors. Effectof Biosensor in biological and physicochemical techniques, Applications of nanobiotechnology in early medical diagnostics, drug targeting, drug delivery, nanosurgery and other biomedicalfield.

Page 103: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

102  

UNIT IV: Biofunctionalization of nanomaterials (e.g., cell, nucleic acid, and protein); applications of biofunctionalized nanomaterials (e.g., diagnostics and screening technologies, drug delivery); Structural Principles of Nanobiotechnology Construction of Nanomachines, The Raw Materials: Biomolecular Structure and Stability, Protein Folding, Self-Assembly, Self-organization, Molecular Recognition. Flexibility poses great challenges for the design of nanobiomachine, DNA nanostructures DNA Templated Electronics, Sequence –specific molecular lithography, Single Biomolecule Manipulation for Bioelectronics, DNA as a semiconductor, Applications in implants, prostheses, and tissue engineering; toxicity, health,andenvironmental issues.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Niemeyer, C.M. and Mirkin, C.A., Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications,

and Perspectives, John Wiley & Sons,2004.

2. Malsch, N.H., Biomedical Nanotechnology, Taylor & Francis,2005.

3. Jain, K.K., Nanobiotechnology in Molecular Diagnostics: Current Techniques

and Applications, Horizon Bioscience,2006.

4. Rosanthal, S.J. and Wright, D.W., Nanobiotechnology Protocols, Humana

Press,2005.

5. Nalwa, H.S., Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and

Their Applications in Nanobiotechnology, American Scientific

Publishers,2005.

6. Stroscio, M. and Dutta, M., Biological Nanostructures and Applications of

Nanostructures in Biology:Electrical, Mechanical, and Optical Properties,

Springer,2004.

7. Kumar, C.S.S.R., Biofunctionalization of Nanomaterials, John Wiley & Sons,2006.

8. Kelsall, R., Hamley, I.W. and Geoghegan, M., Nanoscale Science and

Technology, John Wiley & Sons,2005.

9. Poole, C.P. and Owens, F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology,John Wiley & Sons,

2003.

10. Wilson, M., Kannangara, K., Smith, G., Simmons, M. and Raguse, B.,

Page 104: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

103  

Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies, Chapman &

Hall/CRC,2002.

PRACTICALS:

1. Synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles by coprecipitation method. 2. Biosynthesis of nanoparticles by microorganisms. 3. Preparation of quantum dots of CdS nanoparticles. 4. Activity profile of metal nanoparticles in terms of antimicrobial activity 5. Liposome synthesis and delivery of proteins in the field of nanomedicine.

Page 105: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

104  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: CANCER GENETICS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBI23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand various types, properties and progression of cancers. 2. Provides information about various genetics and epigenetics factors causing cancers. 3. Focusing on tumor markers, Tumor viruses and Chromosomal defects in cancers. 4. Students understand selected familial cancers occurring in populations.

UNIT I:

Introduction to cancer, Types and properties of cancers, Cell transformation and

tumourigenesis

Genetic heterogeneity and clonal evolution, Cancer and environment: physical, chemical

and biological carcinogens

UNIT II:

Oncogenes, Tumour suppressor genes, DNA repair genes and genetic instability,

Epigenetic modifications, telomerase activity, centrosome malfunction

UNIT III:

Chromosomal aberrations in neoplasia, Tumour specific markers, Overview of Tumor

viruses and Cervical cancer

Page 106: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

105  

UNIT IV:

Familial cancers: Retinoblastoma, Wilms’ tumour, Prostate cancer, Colorectal cancer,

Breast cancer

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al 2. Genes VIII by Lewin 3. Molecular Cell Biology by Lodishet al 4. Molecular Genetics of Cancer by Stillman

5. Cell Biology by Cooper

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of Culture Media for Chromosomes analysis.

2. Human Blood Lymphocyte Culture

3. Genetic diagnosis of cancer by PCR

4. Visit to medical hospitals and report submission

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: VALIDATION, DOCUMENTATION AND cGMP

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBI24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Concepts of quality, quality management and its implementation

Page 107: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

106  

2. Regulatory guidance’s and guidelines like ICH, WHO and other relevant

documents

3. Good Laboratory Practices, SOPs, handling of deviation

4. Documentation and relevant process related documents UNIT I: Building and facilities: Location, design, plant layout, maintenance and sanitation, environmental controls.

Utilities and services: air/gas, air handling and HVAC systems, sterile and non-sterile area, aseptic process and sterilization methods, Water: purified, distilled and sterile.

UNIT II: Concept and philosophy of cGMP in manufacturing, processing, packaging and holding.

Organization and personal responsibilities, qualification, experience, training, personal hygiene and clothing.

UNIT III: Introduction, definition of validation, planning of validation – the consultant, task force, dedicated group, process characterization, validation protocol.

UNIT IV: Prerequisite of validation- design qualification (DQ), Installation qualification (IQ), operational qualification (OQ) and performance qualification (PQ). Validation options, analytical methods validation, cleaning validation and revalidation. Complaints and product recall.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Robert A. Nash, Alfred H. Wachter, Pharmaceutical Process Validation, Vol. 129, Marcel Dekker Inc.

2. Sidney H. Willing and Murray M. Tuckerman, Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals, Vol. 16, Marcel Dekker Inc.

3. James Swarbrick, James C. Boylan, Encyclopedia by pharmaceutical technology, Marcel Dekker Inc.gtg

4. Sharma PP, How to practice GMPs, 3rd Ed., Vandana Publication. 5. Drug and Cosmetic Act and Rules (Governent of India). 6. Potdar MA, Current Good Manufacturing Practices Pharma-Med Press, Hyderabad. 7. Potdar MA, Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance, NiraliPrakashan, Pune.

Page 108: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

107  

PRACTICALS:

1 Working knowledge, calibration of Laboratory equipment like pipette, burette, thermometer etc.

2 Validation of the Modern analytical Instruments like UV spectrometer, IR-spectrophotometer, HPLC, etc.

3 Validation of sterilization equipments e.g. Hot air oven, Autoclave. 4 Validation of Analytical procedures

Analysis of pharmaceutical and cosmetic raw materials with the help of instruments.

Page 109: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

108  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Industrial Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - X

Core Course

PS10CIBI21 Biosafety, Bioethics & IPR T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS10CIBI22 Bioinformatics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS10CIBI23 Practical Based on PS10CIBI21 & PS10CIBI22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS10CIBI24 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

PS10EIBI21 Dissertation 12 300/12

0

Total Credit 25

Page 110: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

109 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOSAFETY, BIOETHICS AND IPR COURSE CODE: PS10CIBI21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022 Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Students will learn about the ethical issues in biomedical research and the guidelines to

be followed 2 Information about various biosafety issues in biotechnological research and guidelines to

be followed 3 Exposure about types of IR and patent system in India. 4 Role of WTO, TRIPS. Biodiversity and Indigenous knowledge

UNIT I: Bioethics

Introduction, ethical conflicts in biological sciences - interference with nature, bioethics in

health care - patient confidentiality, informed consent, euthanasia, artificial reproductive

technologies, prenatal diagnosis, genetic screening, gene therapy, transplantation. Bioethics

in research – cloning and stem cell research, Human and animal experimentation, animal

rights/welfare, Agricultural biotechnology - Genetically engineered food, environmental risk,

labeling and public opinion. Sharing benefits and protecting future generations - Protection

of environment and biodiversity – biopiracy. Blue Cross in India, Green Peace: Human

rights and responsibilities.

UNIT II: Biosafety

Page 111: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

110 

Biosafety & Biosecurity - introduction; historical background; introduction to biological

safety cabinets; primary containment for biohazards; biosafety levels; GRAS organisms,

biosafety levels of specific microorganisms; recommended biosafety levels for infectious

agents and infected animals; definition of GMOs & LMOs; principles of safety assessment

of transgenic plants – sequential steps in risk assessment; concepts of familiarity and

substantial equivalence; risk – environmental risk assessment and food and feed safety

assessment; problem formulation – protection goals, compilation of relevant information,

risk characterization and development of analysis plan; risk assessment of transgenic crops

vs cisgenic plants or products derived from RNAi, genome editing tools..

UNIT III: Introduction to IPR

Introduction to intellectual property; types of IP: patents, trademarks, copyright & related

rights, industrial design, traditional knowledge, geographical indications, protection of new

GMOs; International framework for the protection of IP; IP as a factor in R&D; IPs of

relevance to biotechnology and few case studies; introduction to history of GATT, WTO,

WIPO and TRIPS; plant variety protection and farmers rights act; concept of ‘prior art’:

invention in context of “prior art”; patent databases - country-wise patent searches

(USPTO, EPO, India); analysis and report formation.

UNIT IV: National and International Regulations

International regulations – Cartagena protocol, OECD consensus documents & Codex

Alimentarius; Indian regulations – EPA act and rules, guidance documents, regulatory

framework – RCGM, GEAC, IBSC and other regulatory bodies; Draft bill of Biotechnology

Regulatory authority of India - containments – biosafety levels and category of rDNA

experiments; field trails – biosafety research trials – standard operating procedures -

guidelines of state governments; GM labeling – Food Safety & Standards Authority of India

(FSSAI).

Page 112: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

111  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fleming, D.A., Hunt, D.L., (2000). Biotechnology and Safety Assessment (3rd

Ed) Academic press. ISBN- 1555811804,9781555811808.

2. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (1999). Biotechnology and safety assessment (3rd

Ed). CRC press, Washington. ISBN: 1560327219, 9781560327219

3. Law and Strategy of biotechnological patents by Sibley. Butterworth

publication.(2007) ISBN: 075069440, 9780750694445.

4. Intellectual property rights-Ganguli-Tata McGraw Hill. (2001) ISBN-10:

0074638602,

5. Intellectual Property Right-Wattal-Oxford Publication House.(1997)

ISBN:0195905024.

6. Biotechnology -A comprehensive treatise (Vol. 12). Legal economic and ethical

dimensions VCH. (2nd Ed) ISBN-10 3527304320.

7. Encyclopedia of Bioethics 5 Vol set, (2003) ISBN-10: 0028657748.

8. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (2002). Biotechnology and safety Assessment (3 rd

Ed) Academic press.

9. M. K. Satish (2011) Bioethics and Biosafety IK International, (P) Ltd, New Delhi

10. H.K.Das. Text book of biotechnology 3rd edition.

11. Ganguli, P. (2001). Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge

Economy. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.

12. National IPR Policy, Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of

Commerce, GoI

13. Kuhse, H. (2010). Bioethics: An Anthology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Page 113: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

112  

14. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Design & Trademarks; Department of

Industrial Policy & Promotion; Ministry of Commerce & Industry; Government of

India. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/

15. Karen F. Greif and Jon F. Merz, Current Controversies in the Biological Sciences

- Case Studies of Policy Challenges from New Technologies, MIT Press

16. World Trade Organisation. http://www.wto.org

17. World Intellectual Property Organisation. http://www.wipo.int

18. International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants.

http://www.upov.int

19. National Portal of India. http://www.archive.india.gov.in

20. National Biodiversity Authority. http://www.nbaindia.org

21. Recombinant DNA Safety Guidelines, 1990 Department of Biotechnology, Ministry

of Science and Technology, Govt. of India. Retrieved from

http://www.envfor.nic.in/divisions/csurv/geac/annex-5.pdf

22. Wolt, J. D., Keese, P., Raybould, A., Fitzpatrick, J. W., Burachik, M., Gray, A.,

Wu, F. (2009). Problem Formulation in the Environmental Risk Assessment for

Genetically Modified Plants. Transgenic Research, 19(3), 425-436.

doi:10.1007/s11248-009-9321-9

23. Craig, W., Tepfer, M., Degrassi, G., &Ripandelli, D. (2008). An Overview of

General Features of Risk Assessments of Genetically Modified Crops. Euphytica,

164(3), 853- 880. doi:10.1007/s10681-007-9643-8

24. Guidelines for Safety Assessment of Foods Derived from Genetically Engineered

Plants. 2008.

Page 114: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

113  

25. Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures for Confined Field Trials of

Regulated Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008. Retrieved from

http://www.igmoris.nic.in/guidelines1.asp

26. Alonso, G. M. (2013). Safety Assessment of Food and Feed Derived from GM

Crops: Using Problem Formulation to Ensure “Fit for Purpose” Risk Assessments.

Retrieved from

http://biosafety.icgeb.org/inhousepublicationscollectionbiosafetyreviews.

PRACTICALS:

1. Good lab Practices

2. Handling of rDNA in laboratory

3. Disposal of Hazardous waste in laboratory

4. Patent Filing

5. Case study (Traditional Knowledge and Patent related)

Page 115: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

114 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOINFORMATICS COURSE CODE: PS10CIBI22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Knowledge of various databases and their uses. Concepts of scoring matrices andsequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences

2. Various methods for prediction of gene structure in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes,computational RNA Structure analysis and various methods for complete transcriptcataloguing and gene discovery

3. Concepts and tools for genomics and comparative genomics, phylogenetic analysis byvarious types of trees and methods

4. Learning about the tools for proteomics, different algorithms for prediction of secondary& 3D structure of protein and protein folding.

UNIT I: Introduction to Bioinformatics: -

Overview, Internet and bioinformatics, Applications.

Introduction and Bioinformatics Resources:

Knowledge of various databases and bioinformatics tools available at these resources, the

major content of the databases, Literature databases:

Nucleic acid sequence databases: GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ

Protein sequence databases: SWISS-PROT, PDB, SCOP, CATH

Genome Databases at NCBI, EBI,

Page 116: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

115  

Other Databases of Patterns/Motifs/System Biology (Gene and protein network database

and resources)

Various file formats for bio-molecular sequences: genbank, fasta, gcg, msf, nbrfpir etc.

Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, Definitions of homologues,

orthologues, paralogues, xenologus.

UNIT II: Sequence analysis:-

Scoring matrices: basic concept of a scoring matrix, PAM and BLOSUM series.

Sequence-based Database Searches: what are sequence-based database searches,

BLAST and FASTA algorithms, various versions of basic BLAST and FASTA.

Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignments: basic concepts of sequence alignment,

Needleman &Wuncsh, Smith & Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments, Progressive

and hierarchical algorithms for MSA.

UNIT III: Functional genomics:-

Use of pairwise alignments and Multiple sequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid

and protein sequences and interpretation of results.

Multiple sequence Alignment: CLUSTAL W

Putting together all of the information into a genome database.

Definition and description of phylogenetic trees and various types of trees, Molecular basis

of evolution, Method of construction of Phylogenetic trees: Distance based method

(UPGMA, NJ), Character Based Method (Maximum Parsimony and Maximum Likelihood

method).

UNIT IV: Molecular Modeling:-

Page 117: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

116  

Structural classification of proteins, Protein structure analysis structure alignment and

comparison, Classes, folds, motif, domain Secondary structure and evaluation: algorithms

of Chou Fasman, GOR methods. Tertiary Structure: basic principles and protocols,

Methods to study 3D structure.

Active site prediction, Protein folding, Protein modeling and drug design.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mount DW, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis (2nd edition). Spring

Harbor Press.

2. Arthur Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford Uni. Press.

3. Rastogi. Bioinformatics : Methods and Applications.

4. Ghosh Z and Mallick B, Bioinformatics-Principles and Applications, Oxford

University. Press (First Print: 2008; Second Print: 2009)

5. Creighton TE, Protein Structure: A Practical Approach

6. Creighton TE, Protein Structure and Molecular Properties, Freeman

7. Leach AR, Molecular Modelling: Principles and Application

8. Bourne PE, Weissig H, Structural Bioinformatics, Wiley Schlick T. Molecular

Modelling and Simulation An Inter disciplinary Guide, Springer

9. Pevzner PA Computational Molecular BiologyAn Algorithmic Approach. Prentice

Hall

10. Thomas Lengauer, Bioinformatics - From Genomes to Therapies: Volume 1

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of different database of NCBI,

2. Protein Sequence Databases (PIR, SwissProt)

Page 118: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

117  

3. Introduction of PIR, ExPasy, EMBL, SCOP, CATH

4. Database introduction-Prosite, BLOCKS, Pfam/ Prodom

5. Introduction of Genome browser – UCSC, ensemble, vista

6. Use of L-ALIGN

7. Alignment using BLAST

8. Clustal-W and Phylogenetic Analysis

9. Visualization by RASMOL & SPDBV

10. Homology modeling

11. Docking

12. Ramchandran Plot

Page 119: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

104  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Environmental Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VII

Core Course

PS07CIBE21 Water & Waste Water Treatment Technologies T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBE22 Biodegradation & Bioremediation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBE23 Environmental Toxicology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBE24 Practical Based on PS07CIBE21 & PS07CIBE22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBE25 Practical Based on PS07CIBE23& PS07EIBE2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS07CIBE26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Page 120: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

105  

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS07EIBE21 Plant Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBE22 Microbial Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBE23 Environmental Chemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBE24 Clinical biochemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 121: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

106  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: WATER & WASTE WATER TREATMENT TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBE21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand about water and wastewater characteristics and, fundamentals of water and wastewater treatment processes

2. Illustrate the process and microbiology of suspended and attached aerobic wastewater treatment processes: Activated Sludge Process, Trickling filter, Rotating Biological Contractors and Pond treatment processes

3. Describe the system, process and microbiology of suspended and attached anaerobic wastewater treatment processes: Septic tank, Anaerobic digester and Up flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket processes

4. To impart knowledge on development of an overall treatment strategy for an industrial waste stream through case studies.

UNITI: Water Characteristics, Indian standard and International standards for drinking water. Physical parameters (Color, taste-odor, Turbidity, suspended solids, Temperature. Chemical parameters (TDS Alkalinity, Hardness, salts, acids and alkalis, chlorides, fluorides, proteins, carbohydrates, organics, fats oil & grease, Hazen units, NTU,BOD, COD, DO, TDS, Trace metals, Heavy metals, tests on quality parameters Plate counts and Most probable number (MPN). Sewage and waste water treatments systems: A. Primary treatment methods B. Secondary treatment methods and C. Tertiary treatment methods. UNIT II: Aerobic Biological Treatment Processes: Suspended growth and attached growth wastewater treatments. Process fundamentals Methods of aeration, design considerations, Operational difficulties. Description, design and operation of aerobic treatment systems: Activated Sludge process- Trickling Filters, Bio-tower, RBC, MBBR, Membrane biological reactors (MBR), Sequencing Batch Reactors (SBR). Aerated lagoons, Waste stabilization ponds.

Page 122: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

107  

UNIT III: Anaerobic Biological Treatment Processes: Process fundamentals Standard, high rate and hybrid reactors. Anaerobic digestion, Design of anaerobic digesters, Description, design and operation of attached and suspended growth processes: Anaerobic filters-Expanded /fluidized bed reactors-Up flow anaerobic sludge blanket reactors (UASB), Anaerobic Suspended growth reactors- septic tank, Imhoff tank. Cost benefit analysis of various treatment technologies. UNIT IV: Dairy: General Characteristics of Dairy Wastewaters and Treatment of Dairy Effluent Wastewater. Paper Pulp: Problems Related with Pulp and Paper Industry. Textile industry: Characterization of textile industrial wastewater, Treatment Technologies of textile industrial effluents. Tanning Industry: Characterization of Effluents, Environmental Impact of Tannery Effluents. Pharmaceutical Industry: Characterization of effluents, treatment technologies for pharmaceutical effluents. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Alan Scragg. Environmental Biotechnology. 2nd Edition. Oxford Press. ISBN: 0-19926867-3. 2. Canter, L. (1977) Environmental Impact Assessment. McGraw Hill.

3. Christon JH, Linda DS. Ronald LC, Guy RK and Michael JM. Manual of Environmental Microbiology. 2nd Edition. ASM Press. ISBN: 1-55581-199-X.

4. Clesceri LS. Greenberg AE, Eaton AD. (2004) Standard methods for examination of water & waste water. American Public Health Association.

5. Gabriel Bitton. Wastewater Microbiology. 3rd edition, A John Wiley & Sons, INC., Publication. ISBN: 0-471-65071-4.

6. Indu Shekhar Thakur. Environmental Biotechnology Basic concepts and applications. IK International Pvt, Ltd. ISBN 81-88237-52-3.

7. Metcalf and Eddy Inc. (1979) Waste water Engineering treatment, Disposal, Reuse. Tata McGraw Hill Publication. Co. Ltd.

8. Murray MooYoung. Comprehensive Biotechnology. Pergamon Press. ISBN: 81-8147333-7 (set).

9. Pradipta Kumar Mohaparta. Textbook of Environmental Biotechnology. I. K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 81-88237-54-X.

10. Soli J. Arceivala. Wastewater treatment for pollution control. 2nd edition, Tata-McGrawHill Publishing Company Limited. ISBN: 0-07-463002-4. 11. M. N. Rao and A. K. Datta. Wastewater Treatment. ISBN: 8120402154.

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of Dissolved oxygen

Page 123: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

108  

2. Determination of BOD of sewage 3. Determination of COD sewage 4. Estimation of Total Solids (TS) 5. Estimation of Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 6. Estimation of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 7. Estimation of MLSS/MLVSS 8. IMViC tests. 9. Routine Bacteriological analysis of water: a. Tests for coliforms: Presumptive test,

Confirmatory test and Completed test. 10. Determination of MPN of coliform. 11. Field trip to a waste water treatment plant.

Book recommended for Practicals: 1. APHA (American Public Health Association) Handbook, 1998

Page 124: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

109  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: BIODEGRADATION & BIOREMEDIATION COURSE CODE: PS07CIBE22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Determination of biodegradability of xenobiotic, recalcitrant and toxic compounds. 2. Basics of microbial transformation of pesticides and chlorinated aliphatic compound. 3. Process, advantages and limitations of In-situ and Ex-situ bioremediation. 4. Role of plasmids, metagenomics and gene manipulation to improve bioremediation

technologies.

UNIT I: Biodegradation-I: Introduction, Determination of biodegradability, Principles of bacterial degradation, environmental factors affecting biodegradation, enzymes, toxicity. Aerobic degradation of hydrocarbons, growth associated aliphatic compound degradation, Degradation of Aromatic compounds. Anaerobic bacterial degradation-biopolymer, fats, lipids, hydrocarbon, N-alkyl, S-alkyl, ketones compound degradation.

UNIT II: Biodegradation-II: Microbial transformation of pesticides, Fundamental reactions of pesticide metabolism-β-oxidation, oxidative dehalogenation, dealkylation, decarboxylation, epoxidation. Aromatic Non-heterocyclic Ring Cleavage-Hydrolysis, Halogen reaction, Nitro-reduction. Anaerobic degradation of 2,4 D, 2,4,5-T and PCB. Degradation of selected volatile organic compounds in ground water-Chlorinated alkanes-PCE, PCA, TCA, TCE, DCA and CT (biotic, abiotic, aerobic and anaerobic transformations).

UNIT III: Overview of bioremediation strategies, Ex Situ versus In Situ Bioremediation. Factors affecting bioremediation.In-situ bioremediation- Biosparging, Bioventing, Bioaugmentation (Benefits, Limitation, Process and factors to consider). Ex-situ Bioremediation- Land farming, composting, Biopiles. Bioreactors. Phytoremediation: Types of phytoremediation technologies (phytoextraction, phytostabilization, phytovolatilaztion,rhizodegradation, rhizofilteration).

UNIT IV: Use of bacteria fungi and algae in biosorption, Biomineralisation& Bioleaching: Microorganisms involved in Bioleaching of ores, mechanisms of bioleaching, Bioleaching & Metal recovery.Molecular techniques in bioremediation,Role of plasmids in bioremediation, Genetics and gene manipulation: Metagenomics in Bioremediation, Bio-surfactants in

Page 125: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

110  

bioremediation, Microbial surfactants. Bioremediation of air pollutants-Microbial degradation of contaminants in gas phase, Biofilteration, Biofilter media, Microbial ecology of biofilters.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Ronal L. Crawford, Don L. Crawford. Bioremediation: Principles and Applications. ISBN: 0521470412.

2. Anthony H. Rose. Microbial Biodeterioration. Academic Press. ISBN: 0125965567. 3. Dennis Allsopp, Kenneth J. Seal, Christine C. Gaylarde. Introduction to

Biodeterioration. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0521528879. 4. Alan Scragg. Environmental Biotechnology. 2nd Edition. Oxford Press. ISBN: 0-

19926867-3. 5. Pradipta Kumar Mohaparta. Textbook of Environmental Biotechnology. I. K.

International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. ISBN: 81-88237-54-X. 6. R. Margesin and F. Schinner. Manual of Soil analysis: Monitoring and Assessing Soil

Bioremediation. Springer Publishers ISBN: 3540253467. 7. James J. Valdes. Bioremediation Kluwer Academic Publishers ISBN 0792364597. 8. Subhas K. Sikdar and Robert L. Irvine Biodegradation Technology Developments

Vol: II, Bioremediation: Principles and practice. CRC Press. ISBN-10: 1566763088.

PRACTICALS:

1. Isolation of hydrocarbon degrading microorganisms. 2. Analysis of Chromium. 3. Analysis of iron. 4. Isolation of metal detoxifying microorganisms. 5. Study of biodegradation of aromatic compounds using TLC. 6. Decolourization of dye. 7. Study of biofilm: slide immersion tech and staining

Page 126: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

111  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBE23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Toxicological concepts, dose�response relationships and risk assessment. 2. Study of toxicological chemistry of natural and synthetic toxicants. 3. Ecotoxicology and metabolic transformation of toxicants. 4. Assessment molecular toxicological effects of UV radiation and heavy metals.

UNITI: Principle of toxicology, History, disciplines and importance of toxicology, Classification of toxic agents. Acute toxicity, chronic toxicity, Hazards, Risks, Benefit-to-risk-ratio, tolerance limits, Acceptable daily intake, Threshold value, NOEL. Factors affecting toxicity. Mechanisms of toxicology, Risk assessment-hazardous identification, Risk characteristics, exposure assessment. Physico-chemical properties of toxic substances, route and rate of exposure, Dose, Effect and response, Dose-response curves, & Dose effect relationships. UNIT II: Toxicological Chemistry: Toxicology of Natural Products-Toxic substances from bacteria, Mycotoxins (exo and endo toxin), viral toxins, algal toxin, protozoan toxin, toxic substances from plants, Insect toxins, Spider and Reptile toxins. Toxicology of Some Organooxygen compounds-Alcohols, Phenols, Formaldehyde, Ethers, Caboxylic acids, Esters, Organonitrogen Compounds-Nonaromatic Amines, Carbocyclic aromatic amines, pyridine, nitriles, nitrosoamine, isocyanates and carbamates. UNIT III: Ecotoxicology and Metabolic Transformation: Pathways of toxicants into Ecosystems, Bioconcentration and Biotransfer factors, Biomarkers. Metabolic Reactions of Xenobiotic Compounds: Phase I and Phase II reactions, Biochemical Mechanisms of Toxicity, Interference with enzyme action, Biochemistry of mutagenesis and carcinogens. UNIT IV: Molecular Toxicology: The role of environment in carcinogenesis, multi stage nature of carcinogenesis process, Selection of biomarker in event of toxic exposure. Genetic Toxicology: UVB and UVC induced DNA damage, DNA damage due to heavy metals and

Page 127: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

112  

organic compounds. Epigenetic changes, due to due to heavy metal (Cr, Pb, Cd, As, Hg). Global DNA Hyper-methylation/Hypo-methylation due to heavy metal (Cr, Pb, Cd, metalloid As, Hg) exposure and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon. Apoptosis due to toxic exposure of metalloid As, Cd, Pd. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Louis J Casarette, John Doull, Toxicology- The Basic Science of Poisons, Mc

MillanPublishing Co. Inc. New York.

2. Stanley E. Manahan, Toxicological Chemistry and Biochemistry 3rd Edition,.

Lewis Publishers, CRC Press.

3. Lorris G. Cockerham and S. Shane. Basic Environmental Toxicology, CRC Press.

4. Donald G. Crosby. (1998) Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry. Oxford

University Press.

5. Maiti, SK. Handbook of Methods in Environmental Studies. Vol. 1& 2. ABD

Publishers.

6. Wayne G.Landi Ming-Ho Yu, Introduction to Environmental Toxicology.

PRACTICALS:

1. Toxicity Test

A) Significance of Toxicity Tests

B) Classification of Toxicity Tests

2. Measurement of Toxicity in Laboratory (Fish Bioassay).

3. Estimation of LC50 and LD50 for a given heavy metal using suitable organisms.

4. Effects of effluents containing heavy metals on germinating groundnut and

paddy seeds.

5. Acetylcholine-esterase Inhibition assay.

6. Analysis of lead.

7. Estimation of Co2+ and Ni2+ by colorimetric/ spectrophotometry.

8. Analysis of copper by spectrophotometry.

Page 128: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

113  

Page 129: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

114  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE: PS07EIBE21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Tools and techniques of plant genetic engineering

2 Molecular biology of nitrogen fixation, nif gene transfer, herbicide resistant plants

production

3 Transgenic plants for agriculture and commercial applications

4 Plant tissue culture techniques

UNIT I: Plant biotechnology present scenario, Micropropogation and its application; Types of different organ culture and its application; Somaclonal variation: Introduction, Different pathways of somaclonal variation; factor affecting of somaclonal variation, Detection of somaclonal variation; Somaclonal variation its application in crop improvement.

UNIT II: Chloroplast transformation: Structure of chloroplast; Plastid chromosome; Transformation methods-Agrobacterium mediated transformation, Particle gun method, Gene replacement, Gene insertion; Limitation of chloroplast transformation; Application of chloroplast transformation.

UNIT III: Secondary metabolite: Role of secondary metabolites, Basic biosynthetic pathways, Techniques used in biosynthesis, Source of secondary metabolites; criteria for cell selection, factor affecting the culture of cells, Different bioreactors and their use in secondary metabolites production, Production of bioactive secondary metabolites by plant tissue culture.

UNIT IV: Transgenic plants production: Development of abiotic (Insect, Disease, Herbicide) and biotic (Drought) resistant plants. Peptide production, biodegradable plastic and edible vaccine. DNA barcoding in plants its application.

Page 130: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

115  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

An introduction to Plant Tissue culture by MK Razdan. M.K. 2003. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2003.

Plant Biotechnology: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering by Adrian Slater, Nigel W. Scott, Mark R. Fowler. Oxford University Press, 2008.

Biochemistry & Molecular Biology of Plants. Bob Buchanan, Wilhelm Gruissem, Russell Jones. John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

Plant biotechnology – J Hammond, et. al., Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture for production of food ingredients – T J Fu, G Singh, et.

al. Biotechnology in crop improvement – H S Chawla. Practical application of plant molecular biology – R J Henry, Chapman & Hall. ¾

Elements of biotechnology – P K Gupta. An introduction to plant tissue culture – M K Razdan. Plant propagation by tissue culture: The technology (Vols. 1 & 2) – Edwin George. Handbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue

and cell culture – H E Street, Blackwell Scientific. Cell culture and somatic cell genetics of plants (Vols. 1 to 3) – A K Vasil, A. Press. Plant cell culture technology – M M Yeoman. Plant tissue culture and its biotechnological applications – W Bary, et. al., Springer

Verlag. Principles of plant biotechnology: An introduction to genetic engineering in plants – S

H Mantel, et. al. Advances in biochemical engineering / Biotechnology – Anderson, et. al. Applied and fundamental aspects of plant cell tissue and organ culture edited by

Reinert & Bajaj Y P S, Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture – S Narayanswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co. Introduction of plant biotechnology – H.S. Chawla. Third Edition; Oxford and IBH

publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of MS media for inoculation

2. Micropropogation through nodal explants

3. Callus induction

4. Mass multiplication of banana

5. Agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated plant transformation

6. Protoplast isolation

Page 131: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

116  

7. Embryo dissection and culture

8. DNA isolation of plant material

Page 132: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

117  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE: PS07EIBE22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Exploitation microorganisms for industrial product production (primary

metabolites)

2. Industrial production of secondary metabolites using microorganisms (e.g.

antibiotics)

3. Steroidbiotransformation and ergot alkaloids production, biofuels.

4. Food and dairy products production e.g. Cheese, yoghurt, Beer, Wine.

UNIT I:

Scope of Microbial biotechnology.

Microbial production and applications of primary metabolites: Citric acid, Ethanol,

L-Glutamic acid, Vitamin B12

Industrially important microbial enzymes: Types, mode of action and industrial

applications of microbial amylases and proteases

UNIT II:

Microbial production of therapeutically important products:-

Antibiotics: Penicillin, Streptomycin

Ergot alkaloids : Production by Saprophytic cultivation

Biotransformations of steroids: Hydroxylation and dehydrogenation,

Steroid biotransformations.

Page 133: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

118  

UNIT III:

Production of single cell protein from bacteria, fungi and algae, Characteristics,

nutritional value and safety, substrates used, process examples, applications.

Cultivation of edible and medicinal mushrooms: Nutritional and medicinal properties

Production and applications of microbial exopolysaccharides: Classification, Biological

functions, structure and biosynthesis of Xanthan and Alginate,

Factors affectingfermentative production of exopolysaccharides and downstream

processing(recovery).

Production of bioplastics (Polyhydroxyalkonates)

UNIT IV:

Microbiology and technology of fermented dairy products:

Cheese making: Cheese varieties, manufacture of cheddar cheese,

Sources andproperties of rennets.

Yoghurt making

Beer and Wine production

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Biotechnology - Rehm and Reid.

2. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo Young.

3. Microbial Technology Vol I & II - Henry J. Peppler&D.Perlman

4. Microbiology & technology of fermented foods - Robert W. Hutkins. Blackwell

publishing.

5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology 2nd edition - Nduka Okafor,

Benedict C. Okeke - (2017, CRC Press)  

Page 134: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

119  

PRACTICALS:

1. Production of cellulase enzyme by solid-state fermentation.

2. Saccharification of agro-waste by cellulase enzyme.

3. Bioassay of antibiotics

4. Production of citric acid by submerged fermentation

5. Production of protease by submerged fermentation.

6. Single cell oil production by Yeast

7. Production of Yoghurt

8. Downstream processing of penicillin

Page 135: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

120  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY COURSE CODE: PS07EIBE23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Structure and composition of atmosphere, greenhouse effect 2 Water cycle, its pollutants, types of reactions in various water bodies 3 Organic and inorganic components of soil 4 Biochemical cycling of elements

UNIT I: Atmospheric Chemistry and Air Pollution: Chemical processes for formation of inorganic and organic particulate matter, thermochemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere.Gaseous pollutants, sources, reactions, control and effects of air pollutants on living and non-living things. Effects of meteorological and topographical factors. Global Climate change: Ozone depletion, Acid Rain and Greenhouse effect. Formation and effects of Photochemical smog.

UNIT II: Water Chemistry and Water Pollution: Chemistry of Natural Waters, Water resources, hydrological cycle, physical and chemical properties of water, complexion in natural and waste water, role of microorganisms, Water pollutants, Types, Sources, Heavy metals, Metalloids Organic, Inorganic, Biological and Radioactive. Types of reactions in various water bodies including marine environment, Eutrophication and ecological magnification due to water pollution.

UNIT III: Biogeochemical cycling of elements:Gaia Hypothesis, The Carbon cycle-Carbon transfer through food webs-Carbon cycling within Habitats-Carbon Monoxide cycling. The Hydrogen Cycle, The oxygen Cycle. The Nitrogen Cycle-Ammonification, nitrification and denitrification. The Sulfur Cycle-Oxidative and reductive sulfur transformation. The phosphorus Cycle, Iron cycle, Manganese Cycle and Calcium Cycle.

UNIT IV: Soil chemistry & soil composition: Soil profile: Organic & Inorganic components of soil, Physical and Chemical Properties, cation exchange capacity, soil pH, environmental properties of soils. Leaching and erosion. Reactions with acids and bases. Geochemical reactions that neutralize acidity. Biological Process that neutralize acidity, Pesticide and Polymer Pollution. Physiochemical control of soil pollution.

Page 136: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

121  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Environmental Chemistry, a global perspective. Gary W. Valoon& Stephen J. Duffy, Oxford University Press.

2. Environmental chemistry, B. K. Sharma. 3. Mahajan, S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1985. 4. M. Arora, Environmental management of toxic and hazardous waste. 5. Tyagi, O. D. and M. Mehra, Text book of Environmental Chemistry. 6. A.K. de. Environmental Chemistry 2000 (4th edition). New age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi, India. 7. Kenneth Wark , Cecil F. Warner, Wayne T. Davis, Air pollution origin and its control

work, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall. 8. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition

Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3. 9. Stanley E. Manohar, Environmental Chemistry, Williard Grant press, Beston,

Massachutes

PRACTICALS:

1. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrate. 2. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrite. 3. Analysis of ammonia. 4. Determination of sulphate by turbidometric method. 5. Determination of zinc by EDTA complexometic reaction.\ 6. Analysis of Total Hardness, Ca+2 Hardness and Mg+2 Hardness. 7. Analysis of Ca+2 from egg shell. 8. Analysis of sulfite.

Page 137: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

122  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII

NAME OF COURSE: CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY COURSE CODE: PS07EIBE24

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Specimen collection, preservation and transportation, composition of various body

fluids 2 Acid base balance and disorders, types and functions of carbohydrates 3 Clinical enzymology, haemoglobin 4 General organ function tests UNIT I: Introduction to clinical biochemistry: Specimen collection, preservation and transportation (blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid). Chemistry, composition & functions of lymph, CSF, ascitic fluid, pleural fluid & synovial fluid. UNIT II: pH and Acid base balance & disorders, Electrolytes balance & imbalance, Blood gases and blood buffers. Types, function and importance of carbohydrates, proteins and lipid, Lipoproteins, Apolipoproteins, Lipoprotein metabolism and disorders. UNIT III: Clinical Enzymology: Principle of diagnostic enzymology, Liver, cardiac and skeletal enzyme, Digestive enzyme, Miscellaneous enzyme. Hemoglobin (Biochemistry, synthesis and breakdown), Hemoglobinopathies, Thalessemia, Bilirubin metabolism, Jaundice, Vandenbergh test. UNIT IV: General Organ function tests: Liver function tests, Thyroid function tests, Pancreatic function tests, Cardiac Function Test. Biochemistry of Diabetes mellitus, Atherosclerosis, Fatty liver, and obesity. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, Carl A. Burtis, Edward R. Ashwood, Harcourt Brace & Company AisaPvt. Ltd. ISBN-13: 978-0721656106

Page 138: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

123  

2. Commercial Biosensors: Graham Ramsay, John Wiley & Son, INC. (1998). ISBN-13: 978-0-471-58505-3

3. Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology, Lisa Anne Shimeld. 4. Diagnostic Microbiology, Balley& Scott’s. Eleventh Edition. ISBN 0-323-01678-2 5. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics, 4th Edition By Carl

A. Burtis, , Edward R. Ashwood, and David E. Bruns, - ISBN -9780721601892 6. The Science of Laboratory Diagnosis, Crocker Burnett. ISBN 1899066624 7. Text books of Medical Laboratory Technology – Dr. Praful B. Godkar 8. Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods 2 Richard

McPherson Matthew Pincus ISBN: 978-1-4160-0287- 9. Biochemistry for medical students: Vasudeven and Shreekumar Jay pee prakashan. 10. Practical Clinical biochemistry by Harold verly 11. Text book of medical biochemistry by- Chatterjea and Rana Shinde

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of standard solution, molar solution and other reagents

2. Analysis of normal and abnormal urine

3. Estimation of blood /serum glucose by various methods/ GTT

4. Glycosylated Hb, Hb Electrophoresis

5. Estimation Bilirubin , direct , total

6. Estimation of total protein and A/G ratio

7. Electrophoresis of plasma proteins

8. Estimation of total cholesterol and its fractions

9. Estimation of total lipids

10. Estimation of SGPT,SGOT

11. Hormone estimation: Determination of T3 or T4 by ELISA

Page 139: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

124  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Environmental Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VIII

Core Course

PS08CIBE21 Treatment Technologies for Municipal Solids, Hazardous & Biomedical Waste

T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBE22 Environmental Management T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBE23 Environmental Pollution, Assessment & Monitoring

T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBE24 Practical Based on PS08CIBE21 & PS08CIBE22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Page 140: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

125  

PS08CIBE25 Practical Based on PS08CIBE23& PS08EIBE2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS08CIBE26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS08EIBE21 Animal Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBE22 Bioseperation Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBE23 Protein Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBE24 Environment Policy and Legislation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 141: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

126  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: INDUSTRIAL WASTE MANAGEMENT COURSE CODE: PS08CIBE21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Waste water management 2. Aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment process 3. Paper pulp, dairy and textile industry

UNIT I: Municipal Solid Waste Management: Introduction, Categories of wastes, Regulatory Development (Acts), Solid Waste Management Pyramid – Common components in MSW, Chemical properties of MSW, Physical properties of MSW Key Technologies for SWM (collection, handling, transformation, landfills, incinerators, composting), , MSW processing: Materials Recovery facilities: Screening, Size reduction, Incineration of MSW (Environmental consideration of mass burn), Refused derived fuel.

UNIT II: Hazardous Waste management: Definition, sources, characteristics and categories of hazardous wastes. Toxicology and Risk Assessment, Environmental Fate of Hazardous Materials. Hazardous waste collection and transportation. Hazardous waste treatment technologies: Physical, chemical and thermal treatment of hazardous waste: solidification, chemical fixation, encapsulation, pyrolysis and incineration. Hazardous waste landfills: Site selections, design and operation. HW reduction, recycling and reuse, Regulatory aspects of HWM.

UNIT III: Electronic Waste Management: Introduction, types of WEEE wastes. WEEE health and safety implications Collection, transportation, recycling and disposal of E-waste. Metal recovery from E-waste. Legislative influences on electronics, International perspective, the recycling Hierarchy. Future factors that may influence electronics.

Radiation Pollution: Types of radiation; Units of radioactivity; detecting measurements of radioactivity. Types of radioactive wastes, treatment and disposal technologies used.

Page 142: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

127  

UNIT IV: Biomedical waste: Introduction, Types of biomedical waste, sources of biomedical wastes, Hazardous biomedical wastes. Waste segregation and labeling, Handling, Collection, Storage and transportation. Universal Wastes: Definition, Categories of universal wastes, Universal waste management.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. MerrilEisenbud and Thomas Gessell (1997) Environmental Radioactivity from Natural, Industrial and Military Sources, 4 th edition, Academic Press, London.

2. Hazardous Waste Management, 2nd Edition, MD LaGrega, PL Buckingham and JC Evans, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

3. Singh Anantpreet, Kam sukhjit. Biomedical waste disposal: ISBN: 9789350255544. 4. Hazardous wastes: Sources Pathways Receptors by Richard J. WATTS ISBN:

9780471002383. 5. Kreith, F. (Editor in Chief), Handbook of Solid Waste Management. McGraw-Hill,

Inc. (1994). 6. Freeman, H. M., Standard Handbook of Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal.

McGraw-Hill, Inc. (1997). 7. Criteria for hazardous waste landfills – CPCB guidelines 2000. 8. R E Hester and R M Harrison. Electronic waste management: design, analysis and

application. RSC publishing. ISBN: 978-0-85404-112-1. 9. Tandon. Recycling of Crop, Animal and Human Waste in Agriculture. (1995), Mc

Graw Hill Publishing Co. 10. Hazardous Wastes and Solid Wastes, Liu, D.H.F and Liptak,B.G (2000), Lewis

Publishers, New York. 11. LaGrega,M.D.,Buckingham,P.L., and Evans,J.C (2001) Hazardous Waste

Management, II Ed Mc Graw Hill Inc.

PRACTICALS:

1. Dehydrogenase activity of soil microorganisms. 2. Analysis of soil respiration (CO2-evolution method). 3. Estimation of Residual chlorine. 4. Analysis of chlorine demand. 5. Removal of Fluoride with natural materials. 6. Detoxification of Chromium. 7. Checking of biosurfactant production. 8. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN). 9. Shake flask biodegradation testing measuring oxygen or hydrocarbon consumption

under various conditions. 10. Membrane (MF) technique for microbiological analysis of water.

Page 143: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

128  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBE22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Study of various initiatives, Biodiversity rules, regulations, legislation and

conventions for ecosystem management. 2. For management for conservation of wildlife & biodiversity and study of agroforestry. 3. Economic importance of the wetlands and study of wetland management. 4. Remote Sensing & GIS provides concepts & foundations of Energy Sources.

UNIT I: Biodiversity & Ecosystem Management: Concept of ecosystem management, Decision-making process in ecosystem management, Scientific basis of ecosystem management, Implementation of management decisions, Ecosystem management initiatives, International biodiversity law, Biodiversity rules and regulations, Biodiversity legislation and conventions, Environmental protection act (1986), Patents law, Biopircay, Bioprospecting, Bioethics, Organizations involved in biodiversity & ecosystem management (CBD, CITES, FAO, GEF, IBPGR, IUCN, TRIPs, UNCESCO, UNDP, UNEP, WWF)

UNIT II: Forest Management (Agro forestry): Natural forest management, Sustainable forest management (Criteria, indicators, obstacles), Certification of forest management, Management of secondary forests (Techniques), Management of NTFP, Forest management for biodiversity conservation, Effects of forest management on wildlife, Reserves, Setting priorities for forest management; Agro Forestry: Scopes, Necessity, Objectives, Techniques, Participatory approach (PRA), Research and extension, Stages of tribal economy, Education, Cultural tradition, Customs, Ethos and participation for JFM programs.

UNIT III: Wetland Management: Introductory Approach: Ramsar convention, Ramsar’s role in water resources management, Wetlands of international & national importance, National wetland policy, Wetland assessment and monitoring; Wetland Management - Physical: Water-level manipulation: Controlled marsh, Prescribed burns, Preburn preparation, Firing patterns, Mechanical: Cutting, Dredging, Shading, Herbicide, Biological: Controlled grazing, Habitat alteration, Plant propagation (Stock & Collection, Seed, Vegetative structures), Site preparation (Salinity, Liming, Fertilizing & Mulching); Planting – Propagule (Seed,

Page 144: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

129  

Vegetative), Wetlands (Impoundments, Marsh fields, Riparian habitats, Coastlines, Mangroves, Sand dunes, Sea-grasses).

UNIT IV: Remote Sensing & GIS: Concepts & Foundations: Energy Sources & Radiation Principles, Energy Interactions in Atmosphere & Earth Surface, Data Acquisition & Interpretation, Reference Data, GPS, Characteristics, Applications, GIS; Basic Principles: Geometric Characteristics of Aerial Photographs, Photographic Scale, Ground Coverage, Area Measurement, Relief Displacement, Image Parallax, Ground Control, Mapping, Flight Planning; Applications: Visual Image Interpretation (VII) – Fundamentals & Basics of VII Equipment, Land Use / Land Cover Mapping, Geologic & Soil Mapping, Applications of RS-GIS (Agriculture, Forestry, Rangeland, Water Resource, Urban & Regional Planning, Wildlife Ecology, Archaeological), Wetland Mapping, Environmental Assessment, Natural Disaster Management, Landform Identification & Evaluation.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Conservation Biology by Fred Van Dyke (2008) Springer Publication, Netherlands. (ISBN: 978- 14020-6890-4).

2. Environment Management by PS Bhushana Rao. (2007) Regal Publications. (ISBN: 8189915088).

3. Environment, Ecology and Sustainable Management by Bose Probir& Bose Pradipta. (2005) Everest Publishing House (ISBN: 8176601357).

4. Global Environment Management by SN Prasad. (2006) Pointer Publishers. (ISBN: 8179101460).

5. International Environment Management by P Rathnaswamy. (2010) Officers Books, New Delhi. (ISBN: 817049091X).

6. Natural Resource Conservation and Environment Management by Navaid Shabir Qazi & SA Qazi. (1998) Aph Publishing Corporation. (ISBN: 8131304043).

7. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation by Thomas Lillesand, Ralph Kiefer & Jonathan Chipman. (2004) John Wiley & Sons. (ISBN: 0471152277).

8. Techniques for Wildlife Habitat Management of Wetlands by Neil F. Payne. (1992). McGraw-Hill, Inc., USA. (ISBN: 0-07-048956-4). Tropical Forest Ecology by Florencia Montagnini& Carl Jordan (2005) Springer Publication, Netherlands. (ISBN: 3-540-23797-6).

PRACTICALS:

1. Measurement of Lake Area & Shore-line Length. 2. Estimation of Primary Productivity of Aquatic Ecosystem. 3. Study of Soil Texture, Bulk Density, Porosity and Water-holding Capacity. 4. Estimation of Conservation Values (CV) for Soil & Water for Vegetation Plot. 5. Determination of Important Value Index (IVI) of Plant Species. 6. Determination of Dominance Index (DI) of Terrestrial Ecosystem.

Page 145: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

130  

7. Study of Raunkiaer’s Life Forms in Vegetation. 8. Determination of Basal Cover using Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) Method. 9. To compare Biomass & Net Primary Production of Ungrazed& Grazed Ecosystem. 10. Aerial photography interpretation, Satellite imagery (Visual & Digital). 11. GIS – Applications in forestry, Computer software. 12. Field excursion to natural or man-made ecosystems

Page 146: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

131  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION, ASSESSMENT & MONITORING

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBE23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Air and water pollution and study of ambient air and water quality parameters. 2. Comprehensive overview of noise quality and control of noise and thermal pollution. 3. An emphasis on assessing sources, monitoring and effects of marine pollutants. 4. Demonstrate current environmental issues of India and environmental auditing.

UNIT I:

Chemical aspect of air quality monitoring: Ambient Air quality standards, dispersion of

air pollutants, air sampling and analysis, Environmental Lapse rate, stack sampling,

stack height, plume behavior, wind profile, Air pollution control devices: settling

chambers, cyclones, spray towers, electrostatic precipitators, venturi scrubber, packed

tower etc. Biochemical process and catalytic processes. Water quality monitoring:

Wastewater characterization. Methods for Measurement of water pollution. Biological

aspects of Environment Monitoring: Bio indicators of environmental monitoring.

UNIT II:

Noise Pollution: Basic properties of sound waves, plane and spherical waves, sound

pressure, loudness and intensity levels, decibel, sources of noise pollution. Special

noise environments: Infra-sound, ultrasound, impulsive sound and sonic boom. Noise

standards and limit values. Measurement and analysis of sound, effects of noise on

health, measures to control noise pollution. Noise pollution and management in Mines,

Power plants, Fertilizer plants, Cement plants, etc.

Page 147: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

132  

Thermal Pollution: Definition and sources, chemical and biological effects of thermal

pollution, effects on water quality. Control of thermal pollution.

UNIT III:

Marine Pollution: Sources of marine pollution and its control. Effects of pollutants on

human beings, plants, and animals. Oil spills and cleanup: sources, major accidental

spills, fate of spilled oil on the sea, consequences of oil spills and treatment of oil

spills. Macro algae, crustaceans and mollusks as indicator organisms for monitoring of

trace metal pollution. Red tides: distribution, types of poisoning, effects and methods to

minimize red tides in the sea. Monitoring strategies of marine pollution: Critical

pathway approach and Mass balance approach. Marine corrosion: Definition, corrosion

reactions, classification of corrosion, factors affecting corrosion of metals in sea water

and prevention of marine corrosion.

UNIT IV:

Environmental Education and Awareness: Environmental Ethics and Global

imperatives. Current Environmental issue in India. Context : Narmada Dam, Tehri

Dam, Almetti Dam, River linking, Joint Forest Management, River cleaning initiative.

Formation and reclamation of Usar, Alkaline and Saline Soil. Waste lands and their

reclamation. Vehicular pollution and urban air quality. Epidemiological issues (e.g.,

Goitre, Fluorosis, Arsenic). Desertification and its control.

Environmental Auditing: Objectives, frequency and criteria; audit team, environmental

appraisal, accounting and environmental audit. Environmental guidelines for siting of

industry, green balance sheet (GBS), status of compliance of mandatory and voluntary

requirements for industries – cement, pesticide.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Trivedi R. K. and P.K. Goel, Introduction to air pollution, Techno-Science Publication (TB)

Page 148: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

133  

2. Wanger K.D., (1998). Environmental Management. W.B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia, USA.

3. Tyler Miller Jr. G. (2005). Living in the Environment. Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont California.

4. Botkin, D.B and Keller E.A., (2000), Environmental Studies: The earth as a living plant. Charles E. Merrill, Publishing Co. London.

5. Singh J.S., Singh S.P. and Gupta S.R., 2006, Ecology Environment and Resource Conservation, Anamaya Publishers, New Delhi.

6. Abbasi, S. A. and E. Ramasami. (1999). Biotechnological Methods of Pollution Control, University Press, Hyderabad.

7. Fellenberg, G. (1999). Chemistry of Pollution, John Wiley and Sons, New Delhi. 8. Mahajan S.P. (1998). Pollution control in process industries, Tata McGraw Hill, ND. 9. Trivedi, R.K. and Goel, P.K. (2010). An introduction to Air pollution, DVS

Publication, New Delhi. 10. Wadhwa Y. (2009). Air Pollution: Causes and Control. Cyber Tech Publications, ND. 11. Clark, R.B. (1986). Marine Pollution, - Oxford science Publications. 12. Chandler, K.A. Butter Worths. (1985) Marine and offshore corrosion, London. 13. Sharma, B. K and Kaur, H. (1994). Water Pollution. Krishna Prakasham Mandir,

Meerut. 14. Phillips J.D.H. (1980). Quantitative aquatic biological indicator. Applied Science

Publishers. 15. Cunniff, P. E. (1987). Environmental Noise Pollution. McGraw Hill, New York.

PRACTICALS:

1. To analyze physical and chemical properties of water. 2. Anaerobic digestion of cattle waste. 3. Visit to industry for a survey of air pollution control equipment. 4. Analysis of pesticides residues using TLC. 5. Quantitative analysis of soil organic carbon. 6. Analysis of food to microorganism (F/M) ratio. 7. OTR

Page 149: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

134  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE: PS08EIBE21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1  Introduction and scope of Anmial Biotechnology 2  Basic techniques of animal cell culture 3  Applications of animal tissue culture 4  Techniques for producing transgenic animals 

UNIT I: Introduction and scope of Animal Biotechnology Basic requirements for animal tissue culture: Infrastructure, necessary equipments and

accessories for animal tissue culture lab. Culture Media: Different types of media-Natural media, Defined media, Serum free media

Chemical, physical and metabolic functions of different constituents of culture media. Role of serum in tissue culture media Sterilization techniques Biohazards and Bioethics

UNIT II: Biology and characterization of cultured cells Basic techniques of animal cell culture: Primary culture techniques, Enzymatic and mechanical disaggregation techniques Sub culture methods Development of cell lines, nomenclature and types of cell lines. Explant culture, Organ culture – 3Dimentional culture Large scale culture of cells-suspension and monolayer culture Cell separation methods Cell cloning Transformation and immortalization

UNIT III: Application of animal tissue culture Contaminants- source, types and prevention Cell viability Cytotoxicity assays Cryopreservation of cultured cells

Page 150: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

135  

Hybridoma technology – production of MAbs. Vaccine Production

UNIT IV: Transgenic Animal Technology: Techniques for producing transgenic Animals, Application of transgenic animals Artificial animal breeding, Artificial insemination, In vitro fertilization (IVF), Embryo Transfer, Embryo sexing Tissue Engineering- scaffold materials, synthesis of scaffold, cell sources and applications

of Tissue engineering REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Culture of animal cells: A manual of basic technique- R. Ian Freshney, Wiley Publication. 2) Animal cell culture & technology-M. Butler. 3) Animal cell culture techniques- M. Clynes, Springer. 4) Animal Biotechnology- M. M. Ranga. Agrobios (India). 5) Animal Biotechnology-Young, Murray, Moo. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 6) Methods in Cell Biology-Vol. 57, Animal cell culture methods- Mather, J.P., Academic Press. 7) Animal Cell Biotechnology-Spier, R.E. Academic press. 8) Animal biotechnology – P. Ramadass, MJP Publishers 9) Biotechnology- U.Styanarayan, Books and Allied (P) Ltd.

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of animal tissue culture laboratory with necessary equipments and accessories. 2. Preparation of culture media 3. Sterilization of culture media 4. Primary culture from Chick embryo. 5. Cell counting using hemocytometer. 6. Cell viability 7. Organ culture – trachea culture 8. Short term lymphocyte culture. 9. Chromosome preparation from cultured cells. 10. Cytotoxicity test-MTT

Page 151: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

136  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: BIOSEPARATION TECHNOLOGY COURSE CODE: PS08EIBE22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Students able to understand about varios downstream processing 2. Product isolation and purification methods 3. Final Product Purification and Preparation

UNIT I:

Introduction to downstream processing, Characteristics of fermentation broth and its

pretreatment, Separation of cells and suspended solids: Filtration: theory of filtration,

use of

filter aids, Batch filters, Continuous filters, cross flow filtration.

Membrane processes – Dialysis, ultrafiltration, Reverse osmosis and electrodialysis

UNIT II:

Product isolation methods:

Centrifugation: Cell aggregation and flocculation, Types of commercial centrifuges

Cell disruption by physical and chemical methods,

Liquid-liquid extraction-choice of solvent, co current and counter current extraction,

Centrifugal extractor, Solvent recovery, Two-phase aqueous extraction system, Super

critical

fluid extraction.

Page 152: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

137  

UNIT III:

Chromatography techniques for product isolation and purification:

Adsorption chromatography, Gel permeation chromatography, Ion-

exchangechromatography, Hydrophobic chromatography, Affinity chromatography, High

performance chromatography (HPLC). FPLC, Expanded bed chromatography

UNIT IV:

Final Product Purification and Preparation Crystallization; Drying and lyophilisation;

Formulation Strategies

Case studies: Recovery of Ethanol, Citric acid, Penicillin.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker and

Stephen J. Hall.

2. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology – E.M.T. El-Mansi and C.F.A.

Bryee.

3. Comprehensive Biotechnology – Murray Moo Young

4. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals – J.E.Bailey& D.F. Ollis.

5. Downstream industrial biotechnology : recovery and purification / edited by

Michael C. Flickinger

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of dry weight and wet weight of cells

2. Determination of total protein of cells by alkali lysis

3. Recovery and estimation of penicillin

4. Ammonium Sulphate fractionation of protein

Page 153: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

138  

5. Dialysis of fractionated proteins

6. Recovery of protein by acetone precipitation

7. Demonstration of chromatography techniques

Page 154: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

139  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: PROTEIN ENGINEERING COURSE CODE: PS08EIBE23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Different tools and methods used in proteomic study. 2. The sources of protein, Industrial and medical application of proteins, 3. Different expression of proteins for large scale purifications, 4. Protein engineering strategy.

UNITI: Proteomics: Sample preparation, Gel-based proteomics - two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DGE), two-dimensional fluorescence difference in-gel electrophoresis (DIGE), Staining methods, PF-2D, Tandem FPLC, Mass spectroscopy: basic principle, ionization sources, mass analyzers, different types of mass spectrometers (MALDI-TOF Q-TOF, LC-MS)

UNIT II: Multidimensional proteomics: SELDI-TOF. Quantitative proteomics - stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC), isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), isobaric tagging for relative and absolute quantitation (iTRAQ); Label-free proteomics., Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), basic principles, chemical shift, spinspin interaction, NOE, 2D-NMR, NOESY,COSEY.

UNIT III: X-ray Crystallography: Principle of X-ray diffraction, scattering vector, structure factor, phase problem, reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere, Miller indices, Zone axes, crystal lattice, Lane Equations, Bragg’s law, special properties of protein crystals, model building, refinement and R-factor.

UNIT VI: Protein Engineering: Protein sources, Industrial and medical application of proteins, different expression of proteins for large-scale purifications, protein engineering strategy, rational and random mutagenesis. Applications of protein engineering protein in Chemical and Medical Industries: Generation of heat stable, pH stable enzymes, application in vaccine development, drug development, sensor development. Practicals, Protein electrophoresis-1D+2D, HPLC, FPLC, MALDI-TOF & LC-MS

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 155: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

140  

1. Principles of Protein X-Ray Crystallography [3rd ed.] by Jan Drenth

2. Protein engineering in industrial biotechnology by L Alberghina,Net Library, Inc.

3. Protein Engineering Protocols [1 ed.] by Kristian Müller, Katja Arndt

4. Protein Engineering by C Kohrer, U Rajbhandary

5. Protein Engineering Handbook Volume 3 [1 ed.] by Stefan Lutz, Uwe Theo

Bornscheuer

6. Protein Engineering by P. Kaumaya

7. Protein Structure Prediction: Methods and Protocols by Webster, David

(Southern Cross Molecular Ltd., Bath, UK)

8. Essential Bioinformatics by JinXiong

PRACTICALS: 1. To perform protein extraction. 2. Determine an importance of various electrophoresis techniques in protein engineering. 3. A study an application of liquid chromatographic technique. 4. To understand the importance of gas chromatographic techniques with demonstration. 5. Understanding of principles and applications of MALDI-TOF and SELDI TOFF

Page 156: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

141  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII

NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND LEGISLATION COURSE CODE: PS08EIBE24

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Legal structure of India and fundamentals of environmental legislation and policy

making. 2. Understand the environmental performance including compliance with environmental

legislation. 3. Implementation of environmental policies and practices and raise awareness about the

emerging environmental issues. 4. Study of various acts, laws and rules related to air, water, environment and wastes in

India.

UNIT I: International Law and Environmental Protection: Fundamental Principles of International Environmental Law. United Nations Conference on Human Environment, 1972 (Stockholm Conference) – Aims and Objectives of the Conference, Stockholm Declaration. UNEP- Vienna Convention & Montreal Protocol, World Charter for Nature, 1982. WCED – The Brundtland Commission, Brundtland Report 1987. United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED/Earth Summit) – Aims and Objectives of Conference, Rio Declaration 1992, Agenda 21, Convention on Biological Diversity. Earth Summit Plus Five - Kyoto Protocol, 1997; Millennium Development Goals.Johannesburg Conference 2002 (WSSD) - Johannesburg Declaration & Major Outcomes. UNIT II: History and Development of Environmental Law in India: Environmental Protection in Ancient Indian Tradition and Culture - Protection of Environment in Ancient India and During Medieval Period. Protection of Environment during British Period – Major Legislations. Protection of Environment during Post Independence Period – Pitambar Pant Committee, Tiwari Committee, NCEP, Department of Environment, MOEF Guidelines and Notifications, Appellate Authority Act, Other related Notifications. UNIT III: Protection of Environment under the Indian Constitution: Introduction – Indirect Provisions, International Obligations, 42nd Constitution Amendment Act, 1976. Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties. Development of Fundamental Right to

Page 157: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

142  

Environment - Judicial Role, Expansion of Locus Standi, PIL, Constitutional Remedy for Protection of Environment, Dynamic Interpretation of Article 21, 14 & 19 of the Constitution. Right to Wholesome Environment – Right to Clean and Pollution-free Environment, Right to Sweet Water. Incorporation of International Principles under Indian Constitution – Sustainable Development - Precautionary and Polluter Pays Principles, Absolute and Strict Liability. UNIT IV: Protection of Water, Air and Environment in India: EP Act 1986, Air (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Mines and Mineral Act, Factories Act, Pesticides Act, Indian Forest Act, Wildlife Act, Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules / Biomedical Rules / Solid Waste Management Rules, Environment Tribunal Act, Climate change Protocols and Conventions,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S.C. Shastri, Environmental Law, (3rdEdn.), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2008. 2. Maheshwara Swamy, Textbook on Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Asia Law House,

Hyderabad, 2008. 3. Shyam Divan and Armin Rosencranz, Environmental Law and Policy in India,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Amod S. Tilak, Environmental Law, (1stEdn.), Snow White Publication, Mumbai,

2009. 5. I.A. Khan, Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Central Law Agency, Allahabad, 2002. 6. P Leelakrishnan, Environmental Law in India, (2ndEdn.), Lexis Nexis, New Delhi,

2005. 7. S. Shantakumar, Introduction to Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Wadhwa &

Company, Nagpur, 2005.

PRACTICALS:

1. Bio-ethanol production from waste materials. 2. Production of biodiesel from vegetable oil. 3. Production of biofuel from algae. 4. Physico-chemical analysis soil. 5. Isolation of Actinomyctes from soil. 6. Demonstration of Lab scale biogas production plant. 7. Saponification value of an oil sample.

Page 158: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

143  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Environmental Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course

Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - IX

Core Course

PS09CIBE21 Environmental Issues & Environment Impact Assessment

T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBE22 Ecology, Ecotoxicology and Biodiversity T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBE23 Metabolic Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBE24 Practical Based on PS09CIBE21 & PS09CIBE22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS09CIBE25 Practical Based on PS09CIBE23& PS09EIBE2X

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Page 159: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

144  

PS09CIBE26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS09EIBE21 Environmental Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBE22 Nanobiotechnology & Applications T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBE23 Cancer Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBE24 Validation, Documentation and cGMP T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 160: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

145  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES & ENVIRONMENT IMPACT

ASSESSMENT COURSE CODE: PS09CIBE21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 EIA, its components, methodology 2 Industry and environmental guidelines, Criteria for water related and transport related

projects 3 Environmental auditing 4 Environmental issues

UNIT I:

Environmental Issues: Population growth Technology and Environment, Rapid

urbanization-global economic pressures-scarcity of natural resources – Global resources

crisis, Hazard in the environment: Concept of Hazard, Vulnerability and Disaster,

Dimensions of disaster, risk assessment and causes, effects and loss sharing

adjustments, Tectonic hazards-Earthquake, Geomorphological Hazards-landslides and

River bank erosion, Flood and Drought, Bio-physical hazards. Manmade Environmental

Hazards – Hazards due to solid, liquid and gaseous pollutants from industries, effects

on ecosystem and human being; Hazards due to Lead, Cadmium, Mercury and Arsenic.

UNIT II:

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Introduction, Basic elements and methods

General Aspects: EIA study - Aim, Types of organizations, Contents; Prediction of

changes – Air quality, Water quality, Noise, Biological, Cultural, Socio-economic

Components of EIA: Screening, IEE (Initial Environmental Examination), Scoping,

Terms of Reference (TOR), EIA report; Assessment of methodologies – Mitigation

Page 161: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

146  

measures, Review of draft, Impact monitoring and Evaluation, Overall assessment,

Selection of methods, Impacts Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Commonly

Used Methodologies: Ad-hoc method, Map overlay method, Matrices, Delphi method

Less Commonly Used Methodologies: Content analysis, Survey methods, Strategic

Impact and Assumption Identification (SIAM) method, Priority Trade-off Scanning (PTS)

approach, Sondheim method Emergency Methodologies: Cross Impact Analysis (CIA),

Impact Tree Analysis (ITA), Modelling, Computerization, Analysis framework

UNIT III:

Industries and Environmental Guidelines: Ecological Sensitive Areas (ESAs), Site

criteria, EIA purpose and preparation, Environmental master plan, Liquid effluents, Air

pollutants, Solid waste, Noise and vibration, Occupation system and health, Human

settlements, Transport system, Recovery and rescue of waste products, Vegetation

cover, Environmental Management Planning Cell (EMPC) Criteria for EIA of Water-

related projects: Environmental setting, Indicators of water quality, Biological factors,

Ecological indicators, Laboratories studies, Field survey, Data collection, Recent

approaches, Carrying capacity Criteria for Transport-related EIA: Scope; Individual

Impact Assessment (IIA) – Noise, Air-craft noise, Road-traffic noise, Air pollution, Land

abuse

UNIT IV:

Environmental Auditing: Importance, Concepts, Components, Assessment, Verification,

Objectives, Enterprising, Environmental consciousness, Regulatory, Methods, Pre-audit

activities, On-site activities, Post-audit activities, Environmental audit Environmental

Clearance for Industries: Environmental clearance, EIA notification, Projects for Central

government, Composition of expert committees, Projects for State government,

Procedure for environmental clearance, Industrial licensing, Preparation of documents,

Environmental appraisal, Siting guidelines for industries, Indian policies for EIA

Page 162: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

147  

Environmental Legislation: Indian constitution and environment; Environmental policy of

India and legislative framework – Policy monitoring and control, Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB). REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Environmental Impact Assessment and Management by BB Hosetti and A Kumar. 1998. Daya Publishing House, Delhi. (ISBN 81-7035-182-0).

2. 2. Environmental Impact Assessment by SA Abbasi and DS Arya, 2004. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi. (ISBN 81-7141-554-7).

3. Shyam Divan and Armin Rosencranz, 2005, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005.

4. Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies, by Y. Anjaneyulu, B.S.Publication, Sultan Bazar, Hyderabad.

5. John G Rau and David C Wooten, Environmental impact Analysis hand book, McGrawHill Book Company 1980.

6. Environmental Science and Engineering, by Suresh K. Dhaneja – S.K.,Katania&Sons Publication., New Delhi.

7. Environmental Pollution and Control, by Dr H.S. Bhatia – Galgotia Publication (P)Ltd

PRACTICALS:

1. Study of EIA manual. 2. EIA questionnaires for: Airport Projects, Hotels / Beach Resorts and Other Projects

located in CRZ, Industrial Projects, Mining Projects, Ports and Harbour Projects, River Valley and Hydro-electric Projects, Site Assessment for River Valley and Hydro-electric Projects.

3. EIA questionnaires for Stage I: Site Assessment for River Valley and Hydro-electric Projects.

4. EIA questionnaires for Stage II: Site Assessment for River Valley and Hydro-electric Projects.

5. EIA questionnaires for:Roads / Highways Projects, Thermal Projects, New Construction Projects, New Industrial Estates, New Towns.

6. Preliminary assessment of a habitat through EIA methodologies. 7. Preparation of EIA Draft Report. 8. Educational excursion to EIA Cell (ENVIS).

Page 163: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

148  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ECOLOGY, ECOTOXICOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBE22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Ecological concept: biomes, Niche, Habitats 2 Trophic levels, succession, nutrient cycling 3 Abiotic and biotic transformations, toxicology of some inorganic and organic

compounds 4 Role of environment in cancer, genetic toxicology

UNIT I:

The Biosphere: Biotic Environment: Types of interaction, Intra-specific relationships,

interspecific relationships, Biotic and Abiotic Interactions. Complexity, Pathogens &

climate, Abiotic effects on competition Habitats & Niches: Habitats, Niches. Biomes.

PopulationDynamics: Populations & population change, Dispersal, Dormancy, Study of

populations. Basic equation, Long-term population studies. Population pyramids,

Survivorship curves, Evolutionary strategies – r & K-strategies. Community Structure

(Succession): Vegetation changes, Types & Causes of succession, Processes -

Primary seres (Xeroseres, Hydroseres, Heterotrophic), Patterns of succession.

UNIT II:

Biodiversity: Types of Biodiversity (Genetic, Species, Ecosystem), Global Biodiversity,

Mega-diversity Countries of World, Endemism & Hotspots of Biological Diversity,

Biodiversity of India, Hotspots of Indian Biodiversity. Loss of Biodiversity, major Causes

for Loss of Biodiversity, Listing of Threatened Biodiversity, IUCN Red Data Books,

Page 164: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

149  

Endangered Flora of India, Endangered Fauna of India, Economic importance of

mammals. Biodiversity conservation approaches.

UNIT III:

Microbial Diversity: Distribution, Abundance, Ecological Niche, Principles of Microbial

Diversity, Cultural and Uncultured Organisms.Conventional Methods of Studying

Microbial Diversity. PCR, T-RFLP, DGEGE, ARDRA and ERIC-PCR as a tool for

studying microbial community structure. Interaction among Microbial Population:

Commensalism, Synergism, Mutualism, Competition, Amensalism, Parasitism and

Predation.

UNIT IV:

Translocation of Toxicity: Absorption, Distribution and Excretion of toxic substances.

Absorption: membrane permeability, mechanism of chemical transfer (passive transport,

active transport and facilitated transport), absorption (Gastrointestinal, skin, lungs),

Distribution: tissue affecting distributions and tissues retention. Excretion: Renal

excretion, biliary excretion and Gastrointestinal. Receptor Concept, Nature of receptors,

Theory of toxicant receptor interaction, Mechanism of action of some Pesticides

(organochlorine, carbamate and organophosphate) and heavy metals (lead, arsenic,

mercury, cadmium and chromium)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Christon JH et al., Manual of Environmental Microbiology. 2nd edition ASM Press. ISBN: 1-55581-199-X.

2. Gray Stacey, Robert HB and Harold JE. (1997) Biological Nitrogen Fixation. CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, India.

3. Koki Horikoshi, William DG, Fred AR and Aharon Oren. Extremophiles: Microbial life in extreme environment.

4. R. Campbell (1983) Microbial Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publication.

Page 165: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

150  

5. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3.

6. R. M. Maier et al., (2000) Environmental Microbiology. Academic Press. 7. Raina MM, Pepper IL and Gerba CP. Environmental Microbiology. Academic Press.

ISBN: 13-978-81-312-0253-1. 8. Ralph Mitchell. (1993) Environmental Microbiology. John Wiley& Sons. ISBN:

047159587X. 9. Samuel Singer. Experiments in Applied Microbiology. Academic Press. ISBN: 0-

12645960-6. 10. Subba Rao. (1996) Soil Microbiology. 11. Brock: Biology of Microorganisms.

PRACTICALS:

1. Isolation of Rhizobium from root nodules. 2. Isolation of Azotobacterfrom soil. 3. Isolation and Identification of Economically Important Bacteria, Actinomycetes,

Yeast and Fungi. 4. Enrichment Culture Technique for: a) Amylase Producing Bacteria, b) Nitrogen

Fixers & c) Phosphate Solubilisers. 5. Winogradsky’s Column Preparation: Isolation of Anaerobes, Denitrifiers by Sloppy

Agar Method.

Page 166: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

151  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: METABOLIC ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBE23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Metabolic regulation and its modification, enzyme kinetics 2 Metabolic flux balance analysis 3 Metabolic engineering strategies for production of PHA, solvents. 4 Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization, bioinformatics for

reconstruction of metabolic network

UNIT I:

Overview of metabolism and its regulation; Introduction to Metabolism and Metabolic

Engineering, Enzyme Kinetics, and inhibition kinetics, Regulation of Metabolic pathways

and Networks

UNIT II:

Metabolic flux balance analysis: Determine, Underdetermine and over-determined

systems, Metabolic Control analysis, Engineering of the central metabolism of

Escherichia coli, Metabolic engineering of Escherichia coli for the production of aromatic

compounds,

UNIT III:

Metabolic engineering strategies for the production of polyhydroxyalkanoates, a family of

biodegradable polymers, Metabolic engineering for amino acid production

(lysine,threonine and tryptphan), Metabolic engineering of antibiotic biosynthesis for

Page 167: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

152  

process improvement (increasing the metabolic flux by enhancing enzymatic activity),

Metabolic engineering of Clostridium acetobutylicum for solvent production (acetone)

UNIT IV:

Metabolic engineering of yeast for substrate utilization and metabolite production,

metabolic engineering for biodegradation of recalcitrant pollutants, Functional genomics:

microarrays, proteomics and metabolomics, Bioinformatics for reconstruction of

metabolic networks, Systems biology frameworks for metabolic engineering.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metabolic Engineering by Sang Yup Lee and Eleftherios T Papoutsakis.(Power

engineering: 23). ISBN : 0-8247-4875-1.

2. Metabolic Engineering (Biotechnology and Bioprocessing Series) by Sang Yup Lee

- Hardcover, 1st Edition, 450 pages, CRC (1999) ISBN: 082477390X .

3. Pathway Analysis and Optimization in Metabolic engineering by Eberhard O Voit

ISBN 0521800382.

4. Metabolic Engineering - by E Terry Papoutsakis Marcel Dekker Inc publisher

(ISBN: 9780824773908).

5. Metabolic Engineering: Principles and Methodologies by Gregory Stephanopoulos,

Jens Nielsen, George Stephanopoulos Publisher: Elsevier Science & Technology

Books Date Published: 1998 ISBN-13: 9780126662603 ISBN: 0126662606.

PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of Km and Vmax of enzyme

2. Screening and isolation of PHA producing microorganisms

Page 168: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

153  

3. Optimization of conditions for PHA production

4. Understanding of Flux balance analysis using appropriate examples

5. Reconstruction of metabolic network from genome annotation using bioinformatics

tools

6. Flux balance analysis to redistribute flux using bioinformatics tools

Page 169: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

154  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBE21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Fundamentals of biological treatment 2 Principle of physical and chemical treatment methods 3 Advanced waste water treatment 4 Design of waste water treatment plants

UNIT I: Fundamentals of Biological Treatment: Bacterial growth and energetic, Microbial Growth Kinetics: Rate of substrate utilization-Active Biomass-Net and Observed Biomass, Calculation of Kinetic coefficients (k, KS, Y and Kd), Modelling suspended growth treatment processes: biomass balance, Aerobic biological oxidation, Biological nitrification, Biological denitrification, Biological Phosphorus Removal.

UNIT II: Physical unit operations: Screening, Flow equalization, Grit removal, Sedimentation, Membrane filtration processes: Reverse osmosis, Nano filtration, ultra filtration, micro filtration and electrodialysis. Chemical unit processes: Chemical coagulation, Chemical precipitation, Chemical oxidation and Chemical neutralization. Chemical storage, feeding, piping and control system. Chemical precipitation for phosphorus removal.

UNIT III: Advanced wastewater treatment: Technologies used for advanced treatment, Removal of organic, inorganic, biological constituents, depth filtration, surface filtration, adsorption, ion-exchange, advanced oxidation processes, Multi Effect Evaporator (need for MEE, design details and principle of MEE, process and operation handling and applications), Disinfection processes, Disinfection with chlorine dioxide, ozone and UV radiation. Dechlorination: Need for dechlorination, Dechlorination with chemicals. Advanced oxidation processes.

UNIT IV: Treatment and disposal of solids: Solids sources and characteristics. Disposal of solids, Composting: Process microbiology, Thickening, Dewatering: Centrifugation, Belt-filter press, Filter presses, Sludge drying beds and lagoons. Heat Drying: Heat transfer methods: process description. Conditioning: Chemical conditioning.

Page 170: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

155  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

2. Qasim, S.R., Motley, E.M. and Zhu.G. Water works Engineering – Planning, Design and Operation, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.

3. Lee, C.C. and Shun dar Lin, Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1999.

4. Hendricks, D. ‘Water Treatment Unit Processes – Physical and Chemical’ CRC Press, NewYork 2006.

PRACTICALS:

8. Chromatographic techniques – Paper chromatography in the identification of amino acids and plant pigments.

9. Determination of kinetic Coefficients in batch wastewater treatment process. 10. Checking of aerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 11. Checking of anaerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 12. Treatability studies of wastewater.

A. Coagulation-Flocculation Jar Test of Water/Effluents. B. Sludge Volume Index (SVI). C. Food/Microorganisms (F/M) Ratio.

13. Determination of volatile fatty acids (VFAs). 14. Biofilm formation and its role in fixed film processes.

Page 171: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

156  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBE22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to nanoworld, nanomaterials, their properties, top down and bottom up

approaches 2 Preparation, characterization and properties of nanostructures materials 3 biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology

4 biofunctionalization of nanomaterials

UNIT I: Introduction to Nanoworld, Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Introduction to nanomaterials, Properties of materials & nanomaterials, role of size in nanomaterials, nanoparticles,semiconducting nanoparticles, nanowires, nanoclusters, quantum wells, conductivity and enhanced catalytic activity compared to the same materials in the macroscopic state From Biotechnology to Nanobiotechnology. What is Nanobiotechnology? Information-Driven Nanoassembly, Energetics, Top down and bottom up approach forbuildingNanomaterial

UNIT II: Introductory overview, preparation, characterization, and properties of nanostructured materials (e.g., metal nanoparticle, quantum dot, carbon nanotube, polymeric nanocarrier, and silica nanoparticle); Chemical Routes for Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Chemical precipitation and co-precipitation; Metal nanocrystals by reduction,Sol-gel synthesis. Fabricationof Nanomaterials by Physical Methods: -Inertgas condensation, Plasma arc technique,Laser pyrolysis, Ball Milling, Chemical vapor deposition and electro-deposition. UNIT III: Nanobiotechnology: Introduction, Biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology viz. Biosensors, separation of cells and cell organelles, drug delivery, genetherapy etc., Nanosensors-Miniaturization of Biosensors, Nanomaterial Based Biosensors. Effectof Biosensor in biological and physicochemical techniques, Applications of nanobiotechnology in early medical diagnostics, drug targeting, drug delivery, nanosurgery and other biomedicalfield.

Page 172: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

157  

UNIT IV: Biofunctionalization of nanomaterials (e.g., cell, nucleic acid, and protein); applications of biofunctionalized nanomaterials (e.g., diagnostics and screening technologies, drug delivery); Structural Principles of Nanobiotechnology Construction of Nanomachines, The Raw Materials: Biomolecular Structure and Stability, Protein Folding, Self-Assembly, Self-organization, Molecular Recognition. Flexibility poses great challenges for the design of nanobiomachine, DNA nanostructures DNA Templated Electronics, Sequence –specific molecular lithography, Single Biomolecule Manipulation for Bioelectronics, DNA as a semiconductor, Applications in implants, prostheses, and tissue engineering; toxicity, health,andenvironmental issues.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Niemeyer, C.M. and Mirkin, C.A., Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications,

and Perspectives, John Wiley & Sons,2004.

2. Malsch, N.H., Biomedical Nanotechnology, Taylor & Francis,2005.

3. Jain, K.K., Nanobiotechnology in Molecular Diagnostics: Current Techniques

and Applications, Horizon Bioscience,2006.

4. Rosanthal, S.J. and Wright, D.W., Nanobiotechnology Protocols, Humana

Press,2005.

5. Nalwa, H.S., Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and

Their Applications in Nanobiotechnology, American Scientific

Publishers,2005.

6. Stroscio, M. and Dutta, M., Biological Nanostructures and Applications of

Nanostructures in Biology:Electrical, Mechanical, and Optical Properties,

Springer,2004.

7. Kumar, C.S.S.R., Biofunctionalization of Nanomaterials, John Wiley & Sons,2006.

8. Kelsall, R., Hamley, I.W. and Geoghegan, M., Nanoscale Science and

Technology, John Wiley & Sons,2005.

9. Poole, C.P. and Owens, F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology,John Wiley & Sons,

2003.

10. Wilson, M., Kannangara, K., Smith, G., Simmons, M. and Raguse, B.,

Page 173: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

158  

Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies, Chapman &

Hall/CRC,2002.

PRACTICALS:

1. Synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles by coprecipitation method. 2. Biosynthesis of nanoparticles by microorganisms. 3. Preparation of quantum dots of CdS nanoparticles. 4. Activity profile of metal nanoparticles in terms of antimicrobial activity 5. Liposome synthesis and delivery of proteins in the field of nanomedicine.

Page 174: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

159  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX

NAME OF COURSE: CANCER GENETICS COURSE CODE: PS09EIBE23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Students able to understand various types, properties and progression of cancers. 2. Provides information about various genetics and epigenetics factors causing cancers. 3. Focusing on tumor markers, Tumor viruses and Chromosomal defects in cancers. 4. Students understand selected familial cancers occurring in populations.

UNIT I:

Introduction to cancer, Types and properties of cancers, Cell transformation and

tumourigenesis

Genetic heterogeneity and clonal evolution, Cancer and environment: physical, chemical

and biological carcinogens

UNIT II:

Oncogenes, Tumour suppressor genes, DNA repair genes and genetic instability,

Epigenetic modifications, telomerase activity, centrosome malfunction

UNIT III:

Chromosomal aberrations in neoplasia, Tumour specific markers, Overview of Tumor

viruses and Cervical cancer

Page 175: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

160  

UNIT IV:

Familial cancers: Retinoblastoma, Wilms’ tumour, Prostate cancer, Colorectal cancer,

Breast cancer

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al 2. Genes VIII by Lewin 3. Molecular Cell Biology by Lodishet al 4. Molecular Genetics of Cancer by Stillman

5. Cell Biology by Cooper

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of Culture Media for Chromosomes analysis.

2. Human Blood Lymphocyte Culture

3. Genetic diagnosis of cancer by PCR

4. Visit to medical hospitals and report submission

Page 176: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

161  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: VALIDATION, DOCUMENTATION AND cGMP

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBE24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Concepts of quality, quality management and its implementation

2. Regulatory guidance’s and guidelines like ICH, WHO and other relevant

documents

3. Good Laboratory Practices, SOPs, handling of deviation

4. Documentation and relevant process related documents

UNIT I: Building and facilities: Location, design, plant layout, maintenance and sanitation, environmental controls. Utilities and services: air/gas, air handling and HVAC systems, sterile and non-sterile area, aseptic process and sterilization methods, Water: purified, distilled and sterile.

UNIT II: Concept and philosophy of cGMP in manufacturing, processing, packaging and holding. Organization and personal responsibilities, qualification, experience, training, personal hygiene and clothing.

UNIT III: Introduction, definition of validation, planning of validation – the consultant, task force, dedicated group, process characterization, validation protocol.

UNIT IV: Prerequisite of validation- design qualification (DQ), Installation qualification (IQ), operational qualification (OQ) and performance qualification (PQ). Validation options, analytical methods validation, cleaning validation and revalidation. Complaints and product recall.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 177: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

162  

1. Robert A. Nash, Alfred H. Wachter, Pharmaceutical Process Validation, Vol. 129, Marcel Dekker Inc.

2. Sidney H. Willing and Murray M. Tuckerman, Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals, Vol. 16, Marcel Dekker Inc.

3. James Swarbrick, James C. Boylan, Encyclopedia by pharmaceutical technology, Marcel Dekker Inc.gtg

4. Sharma PP, How to practice GMPs, 3rd Ed., Vandana Publication. 5. Drug and Cosmetic Act and Rules (Governent of India). 6. Potdar MA, Current Good Manufacturing Practices Pharma-Med Press, Hyderabad. 7. Potdar MA, Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance, NiraliPrakashan, Pune.

PRACTICALS:

1 Working knowledge, calibration of Laboratory equipment like pipette, burette, thermometer etc.

2 Validation of the Modern analytical Instruments like UV spectrometer, IR-spectrophotometer, HPLC, etc.

3 Validation of sterilization equipments e.g. Hot air oven, Autoclave. 4 Validation of Analytical procedures

Analysis of pharmaceutical and cosmetic raw materials with the help of instruments.

Page 178: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

163  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (Environmental Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit Exam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - X

Core Course

PS10CIBE21 Biosafety, Bioethics & IPR T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS10CIBE22 Bioinformatics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBE23 Practical Based on PS10CIBE21 & PS10CIBE22

P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBE24 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20 Elective Course

PS10EIBE21 Dissertation 12 300/12

0

Total Credit 25

Page 179: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

164 

Page 180: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

165 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X NAME OF COURSE: BIOSAFETY, BIOETHICS AND IPR

COURSE CODE: PS10CIBE21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. learn about the ethical issues in biomedical research and the guidelines to be

followed

2. Information about various biosafety issues in biotechnological research and

guidelines to be followed

3. Exposure abour types of IR and patent system in India.

4. Role of WTO, TRIPS. Biodiversity and Indigenous knowledge.

UNIT I: Bioethics

Introduction, ethical conflicts in biological sciences - interference with nature, bioethics in

health care - patient confidentiality, informed consent, euthanasia, artificial reproductive

technologies, prenatal diagnosis, genetic screening, gene therapy, transplantation. Bioethics

in research – cloning and stem cell research, Human and animal experimentation, animal

rights/welfare, Agricultural biotechnology - Genetically engineered food, environmental risk,

labeling and public opinion. Sharing benefits and protecting future generations - Protection

Page 181: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

166  

of environment and biodiversity – biopiracy. Blue Cross in India, Green Peace: Human

rights and responsibilities.

UNIT II: Biosafety

Biosafety & Biosecurity - introduction; historical background; introduction to biological

safety cabinets; primary containment for biohazards; biosafety levels; GRAS organisms,

biosafety levels of specific microorganisms; recommended biosafety levels for infectious

agents and infected animals; definition of GMOs & LMOs; principles of safety assessment

of transgenic plants – sequential steps in risk assessment; concepts of familiarity and

substantial equivalence; risk – environmental risk assessment and food and feed safety

assessment; problem formulation – protection goals, compilation of relevant information,

risk characterization and development of analysis plan; risk assessment of transgenic crops

vs cisgenic plants or products derived from RNAi, genome editing tools..

UNIT III: Introduction to IPR

Introduction to intellectual property; types of IP: patents, trademarks, copyright & related

rights, industrial design, traditional knowledge, geographical indications, protection of new

GMOs; International framework for the protection of IP; IP as a factor in R&D; IPs of

relevance to biotechnology and few case studies; introduction to history of GATT, WTO,

WIPO and TRIPS; plant variety protection and farmers rights act; concept of ‘prior art’:

invention in context of “prior art”; patent databases - country-wise patent searches

(USPTO, EPO, India); analysis and report formation.

UNIT IV: National and International Regulations

International regulations – Cartagena protocol, OECD consensus documents & Codex

Alimentarius; Indian regulations – EPA act and rules, guidance documents, regulatory

framework – RCGM, GEAC, IBSC and other regulatory bodies; Draft bill of Biotechnology

Page 182: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

167  

Regulatory authority of India - containments – biosafety levels and category of rDNA

experiments; field trails – biosafety research trials – standard operating procedures -

guidelines of state governments; GM labeling – Food Safety & Standards Authority of India

(FSSAI).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fleming, D.A., Hunt, D.L., (2000). Biotechnology and Safety Assessment (3rd

Ed) Academic press. ISBN- 1555811804,9781555811808.

2. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (1999). Biotechnology and safety assessment (3rd

Ed). CRC press, Washington. ISBN: 1560327219, 9781560327219

3. Law and Strategy of biotechnological patents by Sibley. Butterworth

publication.(2007) ISBN: 075069440, 9780750694445.

4. Intellectual property rights-Ganguli-Tata McGraw Hill. (2001) ISBN-10:

0074638602,

5. Intellectual Property Right-Wattal-Oxford Publication House.(1997)

ISBN:0195905024.

6. Biotechnology -A comprehensive treatise (Vol. 12). Legal economic and ethical

dimensions VCH. (2nd Ed) ISBN-10 3527304320.

7. Encyclopedia of Bioethics 5 Vol set, (2003) ISBN-10: 0028657748.

8. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (2002). Biotechnology and safety Assessment (3 rd

Ed) Academic press.

9. M. K. Satish (2011) Bioethics and Biosafety IK International, (P) Ltd, New Delhi

10. H.K.Das. Text book of biotechnology 3rd edition.

Page 183: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

168  

11. Ganguli, P. (2001). Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge

Economy. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.

12. National IPR Policy, Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of

Commerce, GoI

13. Kuhse, H. (2010). Bioethics: An Anthology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

14. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Design & Trademarks; Department of

Industrial Policy & Promotion; Ministry of Commerce & Industry; Government of

India. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/

15. Karen F. Greif and Jon F. Merz, Current Controversies in the Biological Sciences

- Case Studies of Policy Challenges from New Technologies, MIT Press

16. World Trade Organisation. http://www.wto.org

17. World Intellectual Property Organisation. http://www.wipo.int

18. International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants.

http://www.upov.int

19. National Portal of India. http://www.archive.india.gov.in

20. National Biodiversity Authority. http://www.nbaindia.org

21. Recombinant DNA Safety Guidelines, 1990 Department of Biotechnology, Ministry

of Science and Technology, Govt. of India. Retrieved from

http://www.envfor.nic.in/divisions/csurv/geac/annex-5.pdf

22. Wolt, J. D., Keese, P., Raybould, A., Fitzpatrick, J. W., Burachik, M., Gray, A.,

Wu, F. (2009). Problem Formulation in the Environmental Risk Assessment for

Genetically Modified Plants. Transgenic Research, 19(3), 425-436.

doi:10.1007/s11248-009-9321-9

Page 184: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

169  

23. Craig, W., Tepfer, M., Degrassi, G., &Ripandelli, D. (2008). An Overview of

General Features of Risk Assessments of Genetically Modified Crops. Euphytica,

164(3), 853- 880. doi:10.1007/s10681-007-9643-8

24. Guidelines for Safety Assessment of Foods Derived from Genetically Engineered

Plants. 2008.

25. Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures for Confined Field Trials of

Regulated Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008. Retrieved from

http://www.igmoris.nic.in/guidelines1.asp

26. Alonso, G. M. (2013). Safety Assessment of Food and Feed Derived from GM

Crops: Using Problem Formulation to Ensure “Fit for Purpose” Risk Assessments.

Retrieved from

http://biosafety.icgeb.org/inhousepublicationscollectionbiosafetyreviews.

PRACTICALS:

1. Good lab Practices

2. Handling of rDNA in laboratory

3. Disposal of Hazardous waste in laboratory

4. Patent Filing

5. Case study (Traditional Knowledge and Patent related)

Page 185: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

170 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOINFORMATICS COURSE CODE: PS10CIBE22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022 Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1. Knowledge of various databases and their uses. Concepts of scoring matrices and

sequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences2. Various methods for prediction of gene structure in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes,

computational RNA Structure analysis and various methods for complete transcriptcataloguing and gene discovery

3. Concepts and tools for genomics and comparative genomics, phylogenetic analysis byvarious types of trees and methods

4. Learning about the tools for proteomics, different algorithms for prediction of secondary& 3D structure of protein and protein folding.

UNIT I: Introduction to Bioinformatics:-

Overview, Internet and bioinformatics, Applications.

Introduction and Bioinformatics Resources:

Knowledge of various databases and bioinformatics tools available at these resources, the

major content of the databases, Literature databases:

Nucleic acid sequence databases: GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ

Protein sequence databases: SWISS-PROT, PDB, SCOP, CATH

Genome Databases at NCBI, EBI,

Page 186: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

171  

Other Databases of Patterns/Motifs/System Biology (Gene and protein network database

and resources)

Various file formats for bio-molecular sequences: genbank, fasta, gcg, msf, nbrfpir etc.

Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, Definitions of homologues,

orthologues, paralogues, xenologus.

UNIT II: Sequence analysis:-

Scoring matrices: basic concept of a scoring matrix, PAM and BLOSUM series.

Sequence-based Database Searches: what are sequence-based database searches,

BLAST and FASTA algorithms, various versions of basic BLAST and FASTA.

Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignments: basic concepts of sequence alignment,

Needleman &Wuncsh, Smith & Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments, Progressive

and hierarchical algorithms for MSA.

UNIT III: Functional genomics:-

Use of pairwise alignments and Multiple sequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid

and protein sequences and interpretation of results.

Multiple sequence Alignment: CLUSTAL W

Putting together all of the information into a genome database.

Definition and description of phylogenetic trees and various types of trees, Molecular basis

of evolution, Method of construction of Phylogenetic trees: Distance based method

(UPGMA, NJ), Character Based Method (Maximum Parsimony and Maximum Likelihood

method).

UNIT IV: Molecular Modeling:-

Page 187: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

172  

Structural classification of proteins, Protein structure analysis structure alignment and

comparison, Classes, folds, motif, domain Secondary structure and evaluation: algorithms

of Chou Fasman, GOR methods. Tertiary Structure: basic principles and protocols,

Methods to study 3D structure.

Active site prediction, Protein folding, Protein modeling and drug design.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mount DW, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis (2nd edition). Spring

Harbor Press.

2. Arthur Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford Uni. Press.

3. Rastogi. Bioinformatics : Methods and Applications.

4. Ghosh Z and Mallick B, Bioinformatics-Principles and Applications, Oxford

University. Press (First Print: 2008; Second Print: 2009)

5. Creighton TE, Protein Structure: A Practical Approach

6. Creighton TE, Protein Structure and Molecular Properties, Freeman

7. Leach AR, Molecular Modeling : Principles and Application

8. Bourne PE, Weissig H, Structural Bioinformatics, Wiley Schlick T. Molecular

Modelling and Simulation An Inter disciplinary Guide, Springer

9. Pevzner PA Computational Molecular BiologyAn Algorithmic Approach. Prentice

Hall

10. Thomas Lengauer ,Bioinformatics - From Genomes to Therapies: Volume 1

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of different database of NCBI,

2. Protein Sequence Databases (PIR, SwissProt)

Page 188: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

173  

3. Introduction of PIR, ExPasy, EMBL, SCOP, CATH

4. Database introduction-Prosite, BLOCKS, Pfam/ Prodom

5. Introduction of Genome browser – UCSC, ensemble, vista

6. Use of L-ALIGN

7. Alignment using BLAST

8. Clustal-W and Phylogenetic Analysis

9. Visualization by RASMOL & SPDBV

10. Homology modeling

11. Docking

12. Ramchandran Plot

Page 189: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

160  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VII

Core Course

PS07CIBG21 Cell Communication & Cell Signalling T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG22 Molecular Diagnostic Techniques & Gene Therapy T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG23 Food Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG24 Practical Based on PS07CIBG21 & PS07CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG25 Practical Based on PS07CIBG23& PS07EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS07EIBG21 Plant Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG22 Microbial Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG23 Environmental Chemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS07EIBG24 Clinical biochemistry T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 190: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

161  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CELL COMMUNICATION AND CELL SIGNALING

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBM21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Introduction memebranestructur, transport across it, intracellular vesicular traffic

2. Cytoskeletal strucutres, cell cycle

3. Introduction to various signalling pathways in living system, types of receptors

4. Pathways of intracellular transduction

UNITI: Cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesion: Cell adhesive molecules, cell junctions, cadherins mediate cell-cell adhesion, Desmosomes, Tight junction Integrins Mediate cell-ECM adhesion, Gap junction, Plasmodesmata Basal lamina and extra cellular matrix. Cell Cycle – Phases of Cell Cycle, functional importance of each phase, Molecular events during cell cycle, Check points. General account on programmed cell death (Apoptosis)- intrinsic and extrinsic pathways UNITII:Mechanisms of Cell communication: General principles of cell communication, Introduction to signaling Receptors (GPCRs, Ion Channel Coupled receptors, Enzyme coupled receptors) and ligands, Signaling through G-protein coupled receptors (GPCRs) - Adenylyl Cyclase, Phospholipase C and small mediators, heterotrimeric G-proteins, : effectors, Secondary messenger: NO, Calcium, cAMP Tyrosine kinase receptors, Cytokine receptors, Src kinases UNITIII: Pathways of intracellular transduction:Wnt and Hedgehog Signaling, Notch/Delta signaling, ras/MAPK pathways, Mitogenic signaling Cytokine signaling/JAK-STAT/mTOR, NFkappa B signaling, TGF Beta signaling, PI3-kinase Lipid Signaling Unit IV:Host Parasite interaction:

Page 191: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

162  

Recognition and entry process of different pathogens like bacteria, viruses into cells. Alteration of host cell behavior by pathogens. Cancer: Genetic rearrangement in progenitor cells, oncogenes, tumor suppressor genes REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.Cell and Molecular Biology by E.D.P.DeRobertis and E.M.P.DeRobertis. 8th Edition, Reprinted -2007) B.I.PublicationsPvt. Ltd.(Indian Edition).ISBN: 0-7817-3493-2.

2. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments by Gerald Karp.5th Edition, Wiley International Edition, John Wiley&Sons,Inc. ISBN:0-471-65665-8.

3. Molecular Biology of THE CELL by Albert et al.4th Edition, 2002, Garland Science, Taylor & Francis Group. ISBN: 0-8153-3218-1

4. The Cell – A Molecular Approach By Geoffrey M. Cooper And Robert E. Hassman. 3rd Edition, 2004, ASM Press, Sinauer Associates, Inc.ISBN:0-87893-214-3.

5. Molecular cell Biology by Harvey Lodish, 5th Edition, (2004) W.H.Freeman and Company, New York.ISBN:0-7167-4366-3.

6. Cell Biology by C.B. Powar.(Reprinted-2004)Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai. 7. Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Evolution and Ecology by P.S. Verma and

V.K. Agarwal(Reprinted -2007) Pub.S.Chand& Company Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi. 8. Cytology by P.S. Verma and V.K. Agarwal (Reprinted -2006) Pub:S.Chand& Company

Ltd.Ram Nagar, New Delhi-110055.ISBN: 81-219-0814-0. PRACTICALS:

1. Mitosis preparation 2. Meiosis preparation 3. Histological localization of DNA and RNA 4. Histone protein localization 5. Nucleolus localization 6. Enzyme localization 7. Protein localization 8. Lipid localization 9. PAS reaction for GAG molecules

Page 192: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

163  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES & GENE

THERAPY COURSE CODE: PS07CIBM22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Quality rgulation and assurance in molecular diagnostic labs

2 Techniques used in molecular diagnostic labs

3 Various infctious diseases

4 Genetic disorders and inborn error of metabolism

UNIT I: Molecular Diagnostic Laboratory

Quality control, Record, investigation of epidemic and endemic diseases. Design and

operation of the molecular Diagnostic laboratory: Introduction, Space and Design

consideration, Operational consideration, Documents, Records, Sample retention, Result

reporting, Quality assurance and Quality improvement.

UNIT II: Techniques used in molecular Diagnostic Laboratory

Gene Mutation Nomenclature,Detection of gene mutation: Hybridization-Based Methods-

Single-Strand Conformation Polymorphism, Denaturing Gradient Gel Electrophoresis,

Allele-Specific Oligomer Hybridization, Melt Curve Analysis, Inversion Probe Assay,

Heteroduplex Analysis, Array Technology Sequencing (Polymerization)-Based Methods –

Sequence-Specific PCR, Protein Truncation Test.

Cleavage Methods Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphisms, Heteroduplex Analysis

With Single-Strand Specific Nucleases, Invader Assay, Chemical Cleavage.

UNIT III:Infectious and Genetic disorders

Page 193: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

164  

Bacterial-Tuberculosis; Viral-AIDS, Human Papilloma Virus, Herpes, Hepatitis-C; parasitic

diseases- Neiseriagonorrhoeae, malaria, Cystic fibrosis, Triple repeat.

UNIT IV: Genetic and Biomarker based disease diagnostics

Polygenetic disorder – e.g. Diabetes.

Inborn error of metabolism: Lipidosis-, Lysomal storages disorders-, glycogen storage

disorders- Gaucher and Pompe,Tumor markers: Enzymes, Prostate Specific Antigen (PSA),

Hormones and protein markers, Biochemical, Molecular and cytogenetics test for Acquired

disease.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Buckingham L and Flaws (2007) ML MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS: Fundamentals, Methods, & Clinical Applications ISBN-13: 978-0-8036-1659-2

2. Nyhan William L, Barshop Bruce A, Ozand Pinar T. (2005) Atlas of Metabolic Diseases Second edition ISBN 0 340 809701

3. MousumiDebnath, Godavarthi B.K.S. Prasad, Prakash S. Bisen Molecular (2010) Diagnostics: Promises and Possibilities ISBN 978-90-481-3260-7

4. Burtis AC, Ashwood ER, Bruns DE (2006) Tietz text book of Clinical Biochemistry and Molecular Diagnostics 4th edition ISBN-13: 978-0-7216-0189-2 ISBN-10 0-7216-0189-8

PRACTICALS:

1. Collection of clinical infective samples

2. PCR based diagnosis – of Tuberculosis or HPV

3. PAGE: band detection of enzyme variants.

4. Screening of mucopolysaccharidosis by analysis of urinary glucoamenoglycanes.

5. Diagnosis of malaria using nested PCR

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

 MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: Genetics of mammalian development

COURSE CODE: PS07CIBG22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Page 194: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

165  

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Overview of embryogenesis, organogenesis and stem cells 2 Teratogenic agents and aging 3 Differential gene expression during development 4 Medical implications of developmental biology UNIT I:Overview of Embryogenesis in Mammals:

Spermatogenesis, Oogenesis, structure of spermatozoa and ovum, Fertilization, Cleavage patterns, Blastulation, Gastrulation, Organogenesis

Basics of stem cells.

UNIT II: Genetics of Axis Specification in Drosophila:

Early Drosophila development- fertilization, cleavage

Genes that Pattern the Drosophila body plan- Anterior-posterior polarity in the oocyte, Dorsal-ventral patterning in the oocyte.

Generation the Dorsal-ventral pattern in the Embryo.

Segmentation and Anterior-Posterior body plan- segmentation genes; Gap genes, pair-rule genes & segmentation polarity genes.

Homeotic selector genes

UNIT III:Cell Cell Communication In Development:

Cell adhesion, cell migration

Cell signaling- induction and competence, reciprocal induction, regional specificity of induction, genetic specificity of induction.

Paracrine factors- Inducer molecules; FGF and RTK pathway, JAK-STAT pathway, Hedgehog pathway, Wnt pathway, SMAD pathway.

Juxtacrinesignaling- Notch pathway

Extracellular Matrix as a source of developmental signals.

UNIT IV:IV Birth Defects, Endocrine Disruptors and Aging:

Genetic errors of human development, Teratogenic agents, Teratogenesis, Causes and genetic regulation of Aging.Sex determination in Mammals,Infertility,IVF

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 195: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

166  

1. Scott F Gilbert, Developmental Biology, 8th edition, Sinauer Associates Inc., USA. ISBN 0-87893-250-X

2. Shastry and Shukal, Developmental Biology, Rastogi Publications, ISBN 81-7133-734-1

3. Klug W. S. & Cummings M. R. Concepts of Genetics. Seventh edition. Pearson Education. ISBN 81-317-0811-X

4. Fundamentals of Genetics by B D Singh. 5. P. K. Gupta, Genetics. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India, ISBN: 81-7133-842-9. 6. Gardner E. J., Simmons M. J. &Snustad D. P. Principles of Genetics. Eighth

edition. John Wiley & Sons Inc. ISBN 9971-51-346-3. 7. Elements of Breeding and breeds of cattle and Buffalo- P Kanakraj, Jaypee

Brothers Medical, ISBN: 978-8180618420

PRACTICALS:

1. To study different stages of embryogenesis. 2. To study different developmental stages of frog embryo. 3. To study different developmental stages of chick embryo. 4. To study the morphology and motility of sperm. 5. To study viability of sperm. 6. Acrosomal integrity test. 7. Teratogen activity test

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBM21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Tools and techniques of plant genetic engineering

2 Molecular biology of nitrogen fixation, nif gene transfer, herbicide resistant plants

production

Page 196: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

167  

3 Trasngenic plants for agriculture and commercial applications

4 Plant tissue culture techniques

UNIT I: Plant biotechnology present scenario, Micropropogation and its application; Types of different organ culture and its application; Somaclonal variation: Introduction, Different pathways of somaclonal variation; factor affecting of somaclonal variation, Detection of somaclonal variation; Somaclonal variation its application in crop improvement.

UNIT II: Chloroplast transformation: Structure of chloroplast; Plastid chromosome; Transformation methods-Agrobacterium mediated transformation, Particle gun method, Gene replacement, Gene insertion; Limitation of chloroplast transformation; Application of chloroplast transformation.

UNIT III: Secondary metabolite: Role of secondary metabolites, Basic biosynthetic pathways, Techniques used in biosynthesis, Source of secondary metabolites; criteria for cell selection, factor affecting the culture of cells, Different bioreactors and their use in secondary metabolites production, Production of bioactive secondary metabolites by plant tissue culture.

UNIT IV: Transgenic plants production: Development of abiotic (Insect, Disease, Herbicide) and biotic (Drought) resistant plants. Peptide production, biodegradable plastic and edible vaccine. DNA barcoding in plants its application.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

An introduction to Plant Tissue culture by MK Razdan. M.K. 2003. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi, 2003.

Plant Biotechnology: An Introduction to Genetic Engineering by Adrian Slater, Nigel W. Scott, Mark R. Fowler. Oxford University Press, 2008.

Biochemistry & Molecular Biology of Plants. Bob Buchanan, Wilhelm Gruissem, Russell Jones. John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

Plant biotechnology – J Hammond, et. al., Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture for production of food ingredients – T J Fu, G Singh, et.

al. Biotechnology in crop improvement – H S Chawla. Practical application of plant molecular biology – R J Henry, Chapman & Hall. ¾

Elements of biotechnology – P K Gupta. An introduction to plant tissue culture – M K Razdan. Plant propagation by tissue culture: The technology (Vols. 1 & 2) – Edwin George.

Page 197: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

168  

Handbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture – H E Street, Blackwell Scientific.

Cell culture and somatic cell genetics of plants (Vols. 1 to 3) – A K Vasil, A. Press. Plant cell culture technology – M M Yeoman. Plant tissue culture and its biotechnological applications – W Bary, et. al., Springer

Verlag. Principles of plant biotechnology: An introduction to genetic engineering in plants – S

H Mantel, et. al. Advances in biochemical engineering / Biotechnology – Anderson, et. al. Applied and fundamental aspects of plant cell tissue and organ culture edited by

Reinert & Bajaj Y P S, Springer Verlag. Plant cell and tissue culture – S Narayanswamy, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co. Introduction of plant biotechnology – H.S. Chawla. Third Edition; Oxford and IBH

publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of MS media for inoculation 2. Micropropogation through nodal explants 3. Callus induction 4. Mass multiplication of banana 5. Agrobacterium tumefaciens mediated plant transformation 6. Protoplast isolation 7. Embryo dissection and culture 8. DNA isolation of plant material

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBM22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Exploitation microorganisms for industrial product production (primary

metabolites)

Page 198: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

169  

2. Industrial production of secondary metabolites using microorganisms (e.g.

antibiotics)

3. Streoidbiotransformations and ergot alkoloids production, biofuels.

4. Food and dairy products production eg Cheese, yoghurt, Beer, Wine. UNIT I: Scope of Microbial biotechnology. Microbial production and applications of primary metabolites: Citric acid, Ethanol, L-Glutamic acid, Vitamin B12 Industrially important microbial enzymes: Types, mode of action and industrial applications of microbial amylases and proteases UNIT II: Microbial production of therapeutically important products:- Antibiotics: Penicillin, Streptomycin Ergot alkaloids: Production by Saprophytic cultivation Biotransformations of steroids: Hydroxylation and dehydrogenation, Steroid biotransformations. UNIT III: Production of single cell protein from bacteria, fungi and algae, Characteristics, nutritional value and safety, substrates used, process examples, applications. Cultivation of edible and medicinal mushrooms: Nutritional and medicinal properties Production and applications of microbial exopolysaccharides: Classification, Biological functions, structure and biosynthesis of Xanthan and Alginate, Factors affectingfermentative production of exopolysaccharides and downstream processing(recovery). Production of bioplastics (Polyhydroxyalkonates) UNIT IV: Microbiology and technology of fermented dairy products:

Cheese making: Cheese varieties, manufacture of cheddar cheese, Sources andproperties of rennets.

Yoghurt making Beer and Wine production REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Biotechnology - Rehm and Reid. 2. Comprehensive biotechnology - Murray Moo Young. 3. Microbial Technology Vol I & II - Henry J. Peppler&D.Perlman 4. Microbiology & technology of fermented foods - Robert W. Hutkins. Blackwell

publishing. 5. Modern Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology 2nd edition - Nduka Okafor,

Benedict C. Okeke - (2017, CRC Press) PRACTICALS:

Page 199: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

170  

1. Production of cellulase enzyme by solid-state fermentation. 2. Saccharification of agro-waste by cellulase enzyme. 3. Bioassay of antibiotics 4. Production of citric acid by submerged fermentation 5. Production of protease by submerged fermentation. 6. Single cell oil production by Yeast 7. Production of Yoghurt 8. Downstream processing of penicillin

Page 200: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

171  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBM23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Structure and compositionof atmosphere, green house effect 2 Water cycke, its pollutants, types of reactions in various water bodies 3 Organic and inorganic components of soil 4 Biochemical cycling of elements

UNIT I: Atmospheric Chemistry and Air Pollution: Chemical processes for formation of inorganic and organic particulate matter, thermochemical and photochemical reactions in the atmosphere.Gaseous pollutants, sources, reactions, control and effects of air pollutants on living and non-living things. Effects of meteorological and topographical factors. Global Climate change: Ozone depletion, Acid Rain and Greenhouse effect. Formation and effects of Photochemical smog.

UNIT II: Water Chemistry and Water Pollution: Chemistry of Natural Waters, Water resources, hydrological cycle, physical and chemical properties of water, complexion in natural and waste water, role of microorganisms, Water pollutants, Types, Sources, Heavy metals, Metalloids Organic, Inorganic, Biological and Radioactive. Types of reactions in various water bodies including marine environment, Eutrophication and ecological magnification due to water pollution.

UNIT III: Biogeochemical cycling of elements:Gaia Hypothesis, The Carbon cycle-Carbon transfer through food webs-Carbon cycling within Habitats-Carbon Monoxide cycling. The Hydrogen Cycle, The oxygen Cycle. The Nitrogen Cycle-Ammonification, nitrification and denitrification. The Sulfur Cycle-Oxidative and reductive sulfur transformation. The phosphorus Cycle, Iron cycle, Manganese Cycle and Calcium Cycle.

UNIT IV: Soil chemistry & soil composition: Soil profile: Organic & Inorganic components of soil, Physical and Chemical Properties, cation exchange capacity, soil pH, environmental properties of soils. Leaching and erosion. Reactions with acids and bases. Geochemical reactions that neutralize acidity. Biological Process that neutralize acidity, Pesticide and Polymer Pollution. Physiochemical control of soil pollution.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

Page 201: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

172  

1. Environmental Chemistry, a global perspective. Gary W. Valoon& Stephen J. Duffy, Oxford University Press.

2. Environmental chemistry, B. K. Sharma. 3. Mahajan, S.P., Pollution Control in Process Industries, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1985. 4. M. Arora, Environmental management of toxic and hazardous waste. 5. Tyagi, O. D. and M. Mehra, Text book of Environmental Chemistry. 6. A.K. de. Environmental Chemistry 2000 (4th edition). New age International (P) Ltd.,

New Delhi, India. 7. Kenneth Wark , Cecil F. Warner, Wayne T. Davis, Air pollution origin and its control

work, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall. 8. R. M. Atlas. (1993) Microbial Ecology Fundamentals and Applications. 4th edition

Pearson education Pte. Ltd. ISBN: 81-297-0771-3. 9. Stanley E. Manohar, Environmental Chemistry, Williard Grant press, Beston,

Massachutes

PRACTICALS:

1. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrate. 2. Spectrophotometric analysis of nitrite. 3. Analysis of ammonia. 4. Determination of sulphate by turbidometric method. 5. Determination of zinc by EDTA complexometic reaction.\ 6. Analysis of Total Hardness, Ca+2 Hardness and Mg+2 Hardness. 7. Analysis of Ca+2 from egg shell. 8. Analysis of sulfite.

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VII NAME OF COURSE: CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY

COURSE CODE: PS07EIBM24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021 

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Specimen collection, preservation and transportation, composition of various body

fluids 2 Acid base balance and disorders, types and functions of carbohydrates 3 Clinical enzymology, hemoglobin 4 General organ function tests

Page 202: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

173  

UNIT I: Introduction to clinical biochemistry: Specimen collection, preservation and transportation (blood, urine, spinal fluid, saliva, synovial fluid, amniotic fluid). Chemistry, composition & functions of lymph, CSF, ascitic fluid, pleural fluid & synovial fluid. UNIT II: pH and Acid base balance & disorders, Electrolytes balance & imbalance, Blood gases and blood buffers. Types, function and importance of carbohydrates, proteins and lipid, Lipoproteins, Apolipoproteins, Lipoprotein metabolism and disorders. UNIT III: Clinical Enzymology: Principle of diagnostic enzymology, Liver, cardiac and skeletal enzyme, Digestive enzyme, Miscellaneous enzyme. Hemoglobin (Biochemistry, synthesis and breakdown), Hemoglobinopathies, Thalessemia, Bilirubin metabolism, Jaundice, Vandenbergh test. UNIT IV: General Organ function tests: Liver function tests, , Thyroid function tests, Pancreatic function tests, Cardiac Function Test. Biochemistry of Diabetes mellitus, Atherosclerosis, Fatty liver, and obesity.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, Carl A. Burtis, Edward R. Ashwood, Harcourt Brace & Company AisaPvt. Ltd. ISBN-13: 978-0721656106

2. Commercial Biosensors: Graham Ramsay, John Wiley & Son, INC. (1998). ISBN-13: 978-0-471-58505-3

3. Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology, Lisa Anne Shimeld. 4. Diagnostic Microbiology, Balley& Scott’s. Eleventh Edition. ISBN 0-323-01678-2 5. Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry and Molecular Diagnostics, 4th Edition By Carl

A. Burtis, , Edward R. Ashwood, and David E. Bruns, - ISBN -9780721601892 6. The Science of Laboratory Diagnosis, Crocker Burnett. ISBN 1899066624 7. Text books of Medical Laboratory Technology – Dr. Praful B. Godkar 8. Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods 2 Richard

McPherson Matthew Pincus ISBN: 978-1-4160-0287- 9. Biochemistry for medical students: Vasudeven and Shreekumar Jay pee prakashan. 10. Practical Clinical biochemistry by Harold verly

Page 203: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

174  

11. Text book of medical biochemistry by- Chatterjea and Rana Shinde

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of standard solution, molar solution and other reagents 2. Analysis of normal and abnormal urine 3. Estimation of blood /serum glucose by various methods/ GTT 4. Glycosylated Hb, Hb Electrophoresis 5. Estimation Bilirubin , direct , total 6. Estimation of total protein and A/G ratio 7. Electrophoresis of plasma proteins 8. Estimation of total cholesterol and its fractions 9. Estimation of total lipids 10. Estimation of SGPT,SGOT 11. Hormone estimation: Determination of T3 or T4 by ELISA

Page 204: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

175  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2020-2021

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - VIII

Core Course

PS08CIBG21 Immunotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG22 Bioprocess Engineering and Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG23 O'-mics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG24 Practical Based on PS08CIBG21 & PS08CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG25 Practical Based on PS08CIBG23& PS08EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS08EIBG21 Animal Biotechnology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG22 Bioseperation Technology T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG23 Protein Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS08EIBG24 Environment Policy and Legislation T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 205: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

176  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBM21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 learn about the mechanism of antibody diversity generation, technology for

production of polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies 2 Knowledge about various techniques used in Immunology for diagnosis and research 3 Reasons for development of allergy, autoimmune disease etc. 4 Role of cytokines and othe molecules in immunomodulation, tumor immunology

UNIT I: Antibody production and Engineering: Monoclonal antibody production: Hybridoma technology, Phage display library, Highdensity cell culture technology and Microencapsulation.

Antibody engineering: Chimeric antibody,Human monoclonal antibody production and its limitations. Largescale polyclonal antibody production: antigen preparation and modification, dose and route of administration, selection of animal system, immunization, collection of sera and purification of antibody.Complement activation – Classical and alternative pathways

UNIT II:Immunodiagnostics : Precipitation reactions, measurement of affinity and avidity, immunoelectrophoresis, Agglutination, Radioimmunoassay, ELISA and its variants (Elispot Assay, chemiluminescence assay) Western blotting, Immnofluorescence techniques

Immunohistochemistry: Direct, indirect, PAP method, Avidin-Biotin complex method, labeled Streptavidin Biotin method, Multiple staining, electron microscopy, antibody microarray.

Principle, construction and applications: Fluorescence activated cell sorter, Surface Plasmon Resonance, Magnetic Activated Cell sorter, Assays of cell death. Animal models and transgenic animals in experimental immunology

UNIT III:Cytokines: Characteristics, families, receptors, associated diseases and cytokine therapy

Immunopathology and Immunologic disorders

Hypersensitivity: Types, mechanisms and disorders;

Tolerance and Autoimmunity: Tolerance, Organ specific and systemic autoimmune diseases, Mechanism of induction of autoimmunity, treatment.

Page 206: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

177  

UNIT IV: Transplantation Immunology: Types of graft, immunological basis of graft rejection, Graft Vs Host Reaction, HLA Typing, General Immunosuppression therapy

Tumour Immunology-Tumour Associated antigens and Tumour Specific Antigens; Evasion of immune system

Immunity to infections: Virus, Bacteria, Fungus

Immunodeficiency diseases: Primary and secondary immunodeficiency, few examples

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Immunology (6th Edition): Ivan Roitt Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1988.

2. Kuby- Immunology (6th Edition): R. A. Goldsby, T.J. Kindt, B.A. Osborne. 3. Fundamentals of Immunology: Paul W.E. (Eds.) Raven Press, New York, 1988. 4. Antibodies A laboratory Manual: Harlow and David Lane (1988), Old spring harbor

laboratory 5. Cellular & Molecular Immunology: Abbas, Lichtman &Pober (Mc Graw Hill) 6. Basic immunology: Abbas & Lichtman (Saunder’s Publication)

PRACTICALS:

1. Collection of blood by venipuncture, separation of serum and preservation of serum for short and long periods.

2. Differential leukocyte Count 3. Immunodiffusion in gels (Ouchterlony), 4. Counter- current immunoelectrophoresis. 5. Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay. 6. Latex and staphylococcal co-agglutination tests. 7. Separation of lymphocytes by centrifugation, gravity sedimentation etc. 8. Lymphocyte ell culture

Page 207: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

178  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: REGENERATIVE MEDICINE

COURSE CODE: PS08CIBM22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Basic biology of stem cells 2 Types of stem cells 3 Clinical applications of stem cells 4 tissue engineering: techniques and applications

UNIT I:Basic Biology of stem cells:

Historical & Future Perspectives of Stem Cells. Definition and Properties of stem cells, types and sources of stem cells, Embryonic

and Adult stem cells (Comparison of Embryonic and Adult stem cells) Embryonic Stem cells: Basic embryogenesis, properties, source, pluripotency and

differentiation of ES cells. Molecular bases of Pluripotency, Mechanism of self-renewal, cell cycle regulation in

stem cells. Adult stem cells: Characteristics, normal differentiation pathway, transdifferentiation

(plasticity), Adult stem cells in different tissues; epithelial, skeletal, endothelial, Bone marrow & stromal, Hematopoietic etc.,

Stem cell niches.

UNIT II:Types of stem cells:

Hematopoietic stem cells- differentiation, marker identification, sources of HSCs, applications of HSCs.

Mesenchymal stem cells- properties, sources, identification and characterization, Examples UCMSCs, ADMSCs.

VSEL- isolation and identification Stem cells in Dental pulp SCNT- Somatic Cell Nuclear Transfer iPSCs- induced Pluripotent Stem Cells

UNIT III:Clinical applications of stem cells

Stem cell therapies in Cardiac repair, Diabetes, Spinal cord injury, Auto immune disorders, Dermal wound healing- burns & skin ulcers, Neurodegenerative disease.

Page 208: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

179  

Cancer stem cells- Stem cell origin in cancer, clonality and heterogeneity Tumor stem cells.

Stem cells and ethics.

UNIT IV:Tissue Engineering:

Historical perspective Scaffold materials- Natural, semi-synthetic & synthetic. Synthesis of TE scaffolds- Nanofiber assembly, Textile technology, Solvent casting &

particulate leaching (SCPL), Gas foaming, Emmulsification/Freezdrying. Cell Sources- Autologus, Allogenic, Xenogenic, syngenic. Stem cells in Tissue

Engineering.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

R. Lanza, J. Gearhart et al (Eds), Essential of Stem Cell Biology. (2009), Elsevier Academic press. ISBN: 978-0-12-088442-1.

Adult stem cells; KursadTurksen: Human Press ISBN-1-58829-152-9. Animal Biotechnology- M.M.Ranga; AGROBIOS ISBN-81-7754-309-1. R. Lanza and I. Klimanskaya, Essential Stem Cells Methods. (2009), Academic Press J. J. Mao, G. Vunjak-Novakovic et al (Ed): Translational Approaches in Tissue

Engineering & Regenerative Medicine 2008, Artech House, INC Publications. Robert Lanza et al. Principles of Tissue Engineering, 3rd Edition. Academic Press;

3rd edition. Stein et al. Human Stem Cell Technology and Biology: A Research Guide and

Laboratory Manual.Wiley-Blackwell; 1 edition Lanza et al. Handbook of Stem Cells, Two-Volume Set: Volume 1-Embryonic Stem

Cells; Volume 2-Adult & Fetal Stem Cells (v. 1).Academic Press. Regenerative Medicine and Cell Therapy (Hossein Baharvand, Nasser Aghdami.

2012) Principles of Regenerative Medicine 2nd Edition (Anthony Atala, Robert Lanza,

James A. Thomson & Robert Nerem. 2010) http://stemcells.nih.gov

PRACTICALS:

1. Isolation and Culture of Hematopoietic Stem cells

2. Isolation and Culture of Mesenchymal Stem cells

3. Preparation of scaffolds

4. Cell culture on Scaffolds

5. Isolation of VSEL cells

Page 209: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

180  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: OMICS COURSE CODE: PS08CIBM23

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to genome and proteome, DNA microarray 2 Human genome project, Large scale sequencing methods, some model organisms and

their genome projects 3 Protein structure and function, Methods to study protein-protein interactions 4 conceot development about trasncriptomics and metabolomics UNIT I: Introduction to the proteome and the genome, codon bias, gene expression, Genome size-C value paradox, DNA sequencing: Maxam-Gilbert, Sanger, Pyrosequencing, automated DNA sequencing. Other features of nucleic acid sequencing. Analysis and Annotation-ORF, Exon-intron boundaries

UNIT II: Human genome project- Strategies for large-scale sequencing projects; landmarks on chromosomes generated by various mapping methods; BAC libraries and shotgun libraries preparation; Physical map-cytogenetic map, contig map, restriction map. Model organisms and other genome projects (Arabidopsis, Caenorhabditis elegans); Comparative genomics of relevant organisms such as pathogens and non-pathogens

UNIT III: Relationship between protein structure and function, Identification and analysis of proteins by 2D analysis; Spot visualization and picking; Tryptic digestion of protein and peptide fingerprinting; Mass spectrometry: ion source (MALDI, spray sources); analyzer (ToF, quadrupole, quadrupole ion trap) and detector. Protein interaction maps. Protein arrays-definition, applications- diagnostics, expression profiling.

UNIT IV: DNA Microarray technology: The generation of cDNA expression libraries, their robotic arraying, Complex hybridization on DNA chips. Transcriptomics: Comparative transcriptomics, Differential gene expression; Genotyping/SNP detection; Detection technology; Computational analysis of microarray data.

Page 210: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

181  

REFERNCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics by Primrose 2. Genetics & Genomics By Csaba Szalai 3. Proteomics : From protein sequencing to function by S.R. Pennington and M.J. Dunn 4. Introduction to genomics by Arthur M Lesk

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction to genome sequence databases 2. Protein and DNA sequence databases 3. Designing a primer 4. Total Protein profile of plant system using PAGE. 5. Determination of molecular weight and quantitation of separated proteins. 6. Demonstration of 2D gel electrophoresis

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBM21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction and scope of Anmial Biotechnology 2 Basic techniques of animal cell culture 3 Applications of animal tissue culture 4 Techniques for producing transgenic animals UNIT I: Introduction and scope of Animal Biotechnology Basic requirements for animal tissue culture: Infrastructure, necessary equipments and

accessories for animal tissue culture lab. Culture Media: Different types of media-Natural media, Defined media, Serum free media

Chemical, physical and metabolic functions of different constituents of culture media. Role of serum in tissue culture media Sterilization techniques Biohazards and Bioethics

UNIT II: Biology and characterization of cultured cells Basic techniques of animal cell culture: Primary culture techniques,

Page 211: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

182  

Enzymatic and mechanical disaggregation techniques Sub culture methods Development of cell lines, nomenclature and types of cell lines. Explant culture, Organ culture – 3Dimentional culture Large scale culture of cells-suspension and monolayer culture Cell separation methods Cell cloning Transformation and immortalization

UNIT III: Application of animal tissue culture Contaminants- source, types and prevention Cell viability Cytotoxicity assays Cryopreservation of cultured cells Hybridoma technology – production of MAbs. Vaccine Production

UNIT IV: Transgenic Animal Technology: Techniques for producing transgenic Animals, Application of transgenic animals Artificial animal breeding, Artificial insemination, In vitro fertilization (IVF), Embryo Transfer, Embryo sexing Tissue Engineering- scaffold materials, synthesis of scaffold, cell sources and applications

of Tissue engineering REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Culture of animal cells: A manual of basic technique- R. Ian Freshney, Wiley Publication. 2) Animal cell culture & technology-M. Butler. 3) Animal cell culture techniques- M. Clynes, Springer. 4) Animal Biotechnology- M. M. Ranga. Agrobios (India). 5) Animal Biotechnology-Young, Murray, Moo. Pergamon Press, Oxford. 6) Methods in Cell Biology-Vol. 57, Animal cell culture methods- Mather, J.P., Academic Press. 7) Animal Cell Biotechnology-Spier, R.E. Academic press. 8) Animal biotechnology – P. Ramadass, MJP Publishers 9) Biotechnology- U.Styanarayan, Books and Allied (P) Ltd.

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of animal tissue culture laboratory with necessary equipments& accessories. 2. Preparation of culture media

Page 212: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

183  

3. Sterilization of culture media 4. Primary culture from Chick embryo. 5. Cell counting using hemocytometer. 6. Cell viability 7. Organ culture – trachea culture 8. Short term lymphocyte culture. 9. Chromosome preparation from cultured cells. 10. Cytotoxicity test-MTT

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: BIOSEPARATION TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBM22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand about varios downstream processing 2. Product isolation and purification methods 3. Final Product Purification and Preparation

UNIT I: Introduction to downstream processing, Characteristics of fermentation broth and its pretreatment, Separation of cells and suspended solids: Filtration: theory of filtration, use of filter aids, Batch filters, Continuous filters, cross flow filtration. Membrane processes – Dialysis, ultrafiltration, Reverse osmosis and electrodialysis UNIT II: Product isolation methods: Centrifugation: Cell aggregation and flocculation, Types of commercial centrifuges Cell disruption by physical and chemical methods, Liquid-liquid extraction-choice of solvent, co current and counter current extraction, Centrifugal extractor, Solvent recovery, Two-phase aqueous extraction system, Super critical fluid extraction. UNIT III: Chromatography techniques for product isolation and purification:

Page 213: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

184  

Adsorption chromatography, Gel permeation chromatography, Ion-exchangechromatography, Hydrophobic chromatography, Affinity chromatography, High performance chromatography (HPLC). FPLC, Expanded bed chromatography UNIT IV: Final Product Purification and Preparation Crystallization; Drying and lyophilisation; Formulation Strategies

Case studies: Recovery of Ethanol, Citric acid, Penicillin.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Fermentation Technology – Peter F. Stanbury, Allan Whitaker and Stephen J. Hall.

2. Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology – E.M.T. El-Mansi and C.F.A. Bryee.

3. Comprehensive Biotechnology – Murray Moo Young 4. Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals – J.E.Bailey& D.F. Ollis. 5. Downstream industrial biotechnology : recovery and purification / edited by Michael

C. Flickinger PRACTICALS:

1. Determination of dry weight and wet weight of cells 2. Determination of total protein of cells by alkali lysis 3. Recovery and estimation of penicillin 4. Ammonium Sulphate fractionation of protein 5. Dialysis of fractionated proteins 6. Recovery of protein by acetone precipitation 7. Demonstration of chromatography techniques

Page 214: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

185  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: PROTEIN ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBM23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Different tools and methods used in proteomic study. 2. The sources of protein, Industrial and medical application of proteins, 3. Different expression of proteins for large scale purifications, 4. Protein engineering strategy.

UNITI: Proteomics: Sample preparation, Gel-based proteomics - two-dimensional gel electrophoresis (2-DGE), two-dimensional fluorescence difference in-gel electrophoresis (DIGE), Staining methods, PF-2D, Tandem FPLC, Mass spectroscopy: basic principle, ionization sources, mass analyzers, different types of mass spectrometers (MALDI-TOF Q-TOF, LC-MS)

UNIT II: Multidimensional proteomics: SELDI-TOF. Quantitative proteomics - stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC), isotope-coded affinity tag (ICAT), isobaric tagging for relative and absolute quantitation (iTRAQ); Label-free proteomics., Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), basic principles, chemical shift, spinspin interaction, NOE, 2D-NMR, NOESY,COSEY.

UNIT III: X-ray Crystallography: Principle of X-ray diffraction, scattering vector, structure factor, phase problem, reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere, Miller indices, Zone axes, crystal lattice, Lane Equations, Bragg’s law, special properties of protein crystals, model building, refinement and R-factor.

UNIT VI: Protein Engineering: Protein sources, Industrial and medical application of proteins, different expression of proteins for large-scale purifications, protein engineering strategy, rational and random mutagenesis. Applications of protein engineering protein in Chemical and Medical Industries: Generation of heat stable, pH stable enzymes, application in vaccine development, drug development, sensor development. Practicals, Protein electrophoresis-1D+2D, HPLC, FPLC, MALDI-TOF & LC-MS

Page 215: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

186  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Protein X-Ray Crystallography [3rd ed.] by Jan Drenth 2. Protein engineering in industrial biotechnology by L Alberghina,Net Library, Inc. 3. Protein Engineering Protocols [1 ed.] by Kristian Müller, Katja Arndt 4. Protein Engineering by C Kohrer, U Rajbhandary 5. Protein Engineering Handbook Volume 3 [1 ed.] by Stefan Lutz, Uwe Theo

Bornscheuer 6. Protein Engineering by P. Kaumaya 7. Protein Structure Prediction: Methods and Protocols by Webster, David (Southern

Cross Molecular Ltd., Bath, UK) 8. Essential Bioinformatics by JinXiong

PRACTICALS: 1. To perform protein extraction. 2. Determine an importance of various electrophoresis techniques in protein engineering. 3. A study an application of liquid chromatographic technique. 4. To understand the importance of gas chromatographic techniques with demonstration. 5. Understanding of principles and applications of MALDI-TOF and SELDI TOFF

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND LEGISLATION

COURSE CODE: PS08EIBM24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Legal structure of India and fundamentals of environmental legislation and policy making.

2. Understand the environmental performance including compliance with environmental legislation.

3. Implementation of environmental policies and practices and raise awareness about the emerging environmental issues.

4. Study of various acts, laws and rules related to air, water, environment and wastes in India.

Page 216: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

187  

UNIT I: International Law and Environmental Protection: Fundamental Principles of International Environmental Law. United Nations Conference on Human Environment, 1972 (Stockholm Conference) – Aims and Objectives of the Conference, Stockholm Declaration. UNEP- Vienna Convention & Montreal Protocol, World Charter for Nature, 1982. WCED – The Brundtland Commission, Brundtland Report 1987. United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED/Earth Summit) – Aims and Objectives of Conference, Rio Declaration 1992, Agenda 21, Convention on Biological Diversity. Earth Summit Plus Five - Kyoto Protocol, 1997; Millennium Development Goals.Johannesburg Conference 2002 (WSSD) - Johannesburg Declaration & Major Outcomes. UNIT II: History and Development of Environmental Law in India: Environmental Protection in Ancient Indian Tradition and Culture - Protection of Environment in Ancient India and During Medieval Period. Protection of Environment during British Period – Major Legislations. Protection of Environment during Post Independence Period – Pitambar Pant Committee, Tiwari Committee, NCEP, Department of Environment, MOEF Guidelines and Notifications, Appellate Authority Act, Other related Notifications. UNIT III: Protection of Environment under the Indian Constitution: Introduction – Indirect Provisions, International Obligations, 42nd Constitution Amendment Act, 1976. Directive Principles of State Policy - Fundamental Duties. Development of Fundamental Right to Environment - Judicial Role, Expansion of Locus Standi, PIL, Constitutional Remedy for Protection of Environment, Dynamic Interpretation of Article 21, 14 & 19 of the Constitution. Right to Wholesome Environment – Right to Clean and Pollution-free Environment, Right to Sweet Water. Incorporation of International Principles under Indian Constitution – Sustainable Development - Precautionary and Polluter Pays Principles, Absolute and Strict Liability. UNIT IV: Protection of Water, Air and Environment in India: EP Act 1986, Air (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, Mines and Mineral Act, Factories Act, Pesticides Act, Indian Forest Act, Wildlife Act, Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules / Biomedical Rules / Solid Waste Management Rules, Environment Tribunal Act, Climate change Protocols and Conventions,

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S.C. Shastri, Environmental Law, (3rdEdn.), Eastern Book Company, Lucknow, 2008. 2. Maheshwara Swamy, Textbook on Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Asia Law House,

Hyderabad, 2008. 3. Shyam Divan and Armin Rosencranz, Environmental Law and Policy in India,

Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2005.

Page 217: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

188  

4. Amod S. Tilak, Environmental Law, (1stEdn.), Snow White Publication, Mumbai, 2009.

5. I.A. Khan, Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Central Law Agency, Allahabad, 2002. 6. P Leelakrishnan, Environmental Law in India, (2ndEdn.), Lexis Nexis, New Delhi,

2005. 7. S. Shantakumar, Introduction to Environmental Law, (2ndEdn.), Wadhwa &

Company, Nagpur, 2005.

PRACTICALS:

1. Bio-ethanol production from waste materials. 2. Production of biodiesel from vegetable oil. 3. Production of biofuel from algae. 4. Physico-chemical analysis soil. 5. Isolation of Actinomyctes from soil. 6. Demonstration of Lab scale biogas production plant. 7. Saponification value of an oil sample.

Page 218: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

189  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P Credit

Exam Duration

in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - IX

Core Course

PS09CIBG21 Microbial Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG22 Ecology, Ecotoxicology and Biodiversity T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG23 Metabolic Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG24 Practical Based on PS09CIBG21 & PS09CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG25 Practical Based on PS09CIBG23& PS09EIBG2X P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09CIBG26 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course

(Any One)

PS09EIBG21 Environmental Engineering T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG22 Nanobiotechnology & Applications T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG23 Cancer Genetics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40 PS09EIBG24 Validation, Documentation and cGMP T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

Total Credit 25

Page 219: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

190  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – VIII NAME OF COURSE: DRUG DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

COURSE CODE: PS10CIGMB3 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2020-2021

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1 Appraches to find drug targets 2 Proteinand receptors as drug targets 3 Drug design and optimizing homology model 4 Preclinical and clinical study, regulatory affairs UNIT I: Finding a target: Choose a disease, finding a target, Identify a bioassay, Find a lead compound, Identify the pharmacophore, determine the structure of the lead compound UNIT II: Protein as – drug target Protein – drug interaction (viz. Intramolecular bonding forces), Drug action at protein, Peptide or protein as drugs, Monoclonal antibodies in medicinal chemistry, Enzymes as – drug target : Enzymes as catalyst, The active sites of an enzymes, Substrate binding at active sites, The catalytic role of enzymes, Regulations of enzymes, Isoenzymes, Enzymes inhibitors and Enzymes kinetics and case study. Receptor as – drug target: Introduction to receptor & Receptors role, Neurotransmitter and hormones, Change in the shape, Design of agonist, antagonist UNIT III: Drug Design and optimizing homology modelling Identify structure – activity relationship (SARs), Binding role of various functional groups, Strategies in drug design, Improve absorption, Making drugs less resistant to drug metabolism, Targeting drugs, Reducing toxicity, Prodrug, Drug alliances, Endogenous compounds as a drug. UNIT IV: Drug Development Preclinical and clinical study, Patenting and regulatory affairs, Chemical and process development, Design a manufacturing process, Register and market the drug.

Page 220: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

191  

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry; G.L. Patrick, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-850533-7

2. Wilson and Gisvold’s Text books of Organic Medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry, 11th edition, by John H. Block. And John M. Beale Jr.

3. Foye’s Principles of Medicinal Chemistry, 5th edition, by David A. Williams and Thomas L. Lenke.

4. Medicinal chemistry – A biochemical Approach – Oxford University Press, New York, Oxford by T. Nogradyedey.

5. Medicinal Chemistry, Principles and Practice; Ed. F.D. King, Royal Society of Chemistry, 1994,

6. Introductory Medicinal Chemistry; J.B. Taylor and P.D. Kennewell, Ellis Horwood, John – Wiley &Sons : New York.

7. Burger’s Medicinal Chemistry & drug Discovery, 5th edition, 1997, Volume – 1,2,3,4,5 – edited by Manfred E. Wolff, John – Wiley &Sons : New York, ISBN 0-417-27090-3.

PRACTICALS:

1. Retrival of structure for PBP and Ramchandran plot. 2. Homology modelling. 3. Docking 4. Q SAR of selective compound

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBM22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Epidemiology, symptoms and lifecycle of parasites and helminths 2 General account about diseases caused by some bacteria 3 Viral diseases, pathogenicity of viruses 4 Fungal morphology, Different types of Mycoses

Page 221: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

192  

UNIT I: Epidemiology, General Parasitology and Helminthes Epidemiology and control of community infections: Definitions and principles, spread and outbreak of infections, Association and causation of infection, Antimicrobial chemotherapy Introduction to Parasitology, Protozoan parasites of medical importance: Entamoeba, Leishmania, Trypanosoma, Plasmodium, Trichomonas. Helminthes: Structure, Classification, and Development: Cestodes: Taenia, Trematodes: Fasciola, Nematodes: Ascaris UNIT II:General Bacteriology Structure and Morphology: Cocci, bacilli, and Cocco-bacilli. Bacterial genetics, Mechanism of bacterial entry into host cells, Bacterial pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Principles of diagnosis, Prevention and treatment of diseases caused by Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococci pyogens, Corynebacterium diphtheria, Mycobacterium tuberculosis and E. coli

UNIT III:Systemic Virology Structure and classification of viruses, Pathogenicity of viruses. Viral diseases: Hepatitis virus, Herpes virus, Human immunodeficiency viruses, Oncogenic viruses, Enterovirus (Polio) UNIT IV:Fungal Morphology and Reproduction General characteristics of fungi - Definition and taxonomy, Morphology, Metabolism, Reproduction in fungi. General aspects of fungal disease – Fungal allergies and fungal toxicoses, Mycogenic allergies, Mycotoxicoses. Mycoses – Host pathogen interaction, Diagnosis, Therapy. Fungi as human pathogens – Primary mycoses, Opportunistic mycoses, Subcutaneous mycoses and Cutaneous mycoses

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Kaplan L.A. Laverene L.S. and Kent E. 3rd edition 1988. 2. Practical clinical Biochemistry (1985) Varley, H. 3. Clinical Chemistry Principles, Procedure and Correlation. (2000) 4th Ed., Bishop M.

L. 4. Metabolic Basis of Inherited Diseases, (1983), 5th Ed., Stenfuns J. B., Wyngarden J.

B. et al. 5. Analysis of human genetic linkage, (1999), 3rd Ed, Jyrg, O. H., John Hopkins Univ.

Press. 6. Medical Microbiology by Chakraborty. 7. Medical Microbiology, 17th Ed, Greenwood et al. 8. Jawetz, Melnick and Adelbergs’s Medical Microbiology, (2016), 27th Ed, McGraw

Hill. Carroll, K.C., Morse, S. A., Mietzner, T., Miller, S. 9. Textbook of Microbiology, 8th Ed Ananthanarayan and Paniker, 10. Color Atlas of Medical Microbiology, Kayser, F., Bienz, K., Eckert, J., Zinkernagel, R.

Page 222: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

193  

PRACTICALS:

1. Antimicrobial susceptibility testing (ZOI, MIC) 2. Collection of bacterial specimens, Media preparation for bacterial culture and

Identification of bacteria 3. Biochemical reaction and staining for identification of bacteria 4. Collection of fungal specimens, Media preparation for fungus culture and Identification

of fungi 5. Biochemical reaction for identification of fungal and bacterial culture 6. Examination of blood for malarial parasites: thin and thick stained smears 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: POPULATION GENETICS

COURSE CODE: PS09CIBM23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand various terminology associated with population. 2. Provides information about various factors affecting on Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium. 3. Help in understanding overview of Molecular population genetics. 4. Provides information regarding various selection and breeding methods.

UNIT I:

Concept and theories of evolution, Microevolution in Mendelian population Mendelian Population, Allele frequencies and genotype frequencies,Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and conditions for its maintenance,Chromosomal, DNA and allozyme polymorphism in natural population

UNIT II: Deviations from Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium,MutationSelection (Types of selection, selection coefficient, selection in natural populations) Genetic drift,Migration

UNIT III:Molecular population genetics     

Molecular evolution (neutral theory, punctuated equilibrium) DNA-based phylogenetic trees,Molecular phylogenetics of Homo sapiens Molecular clock

Page 223: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

194  

UNIT IV: Selection and Breeding Methods in animals Line Breeding, Ordinary Breeding, Cross Breeding,Artificial selection Nonrandom breeding Inbreeding and assortative mating, Path diagram construction and inbreeding coefficient

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Population Genetics by Rao and Nallari 2. Genetics of Populations by Philip W Hedrick 3. Genetic Variation and its Maintenance Roberts & DeStefano

PRACTICALS:

1. Genetic Terminology to solve problems based on population genetics 2. To calculate gene and genotype frequency 3. Calculation of gene and genotype frequency in multiple alleles 4. Calculation of gene and genotype frequency of recessive alleles or characteristics 5. To estimate survival rate, relative fitness and selection coefficient from the given data 6. To draw path diagram for the given pedigree

 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBM21 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Fundamentals of biological treatment 2 Principle of physical and chemical treatment methods 3 Advanced waste wate treatment 4 Design of waste water treatment plants UNIT I: Fundamentals of Biological Treatment: Bacterial growth and energetic, Microbial Growth Kinetics: Rate of substrate utilization-Active Biomass-Net and Observed Biomass, Calculation of Kinetic coefficients (k, KS, Y and Kd), Modelling suspended growth treatment processes: biomass balance, Aerobic biological oxidation, Biological nitrification, Biological denitrification, Biological Phosphorus Removal.

Page 224: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

195  

UNIT II: Physical unit operations: Screening, Flow equalization, Grit removal, Sedimentation, Membrane filtration processes: Reverse osmosis, Nano filtration, ultra filtration, micro filtration and electrodialysis. Chemical unit processes: Chemical coagulation, Chemical precipitation, chemical oxidation and Chemical neutralization. Chemical storage, feeding, piping and control system. Chemical precipitation for phosphorus removal.

UNIT III: Advanced wastewater treatment: Technologies used for advanced treatment, Removal of organic, inorganic, biological constituents, depth filtration, surface filtration, adsorption, ion-exchange, advanced oxidation processes, Multi Effect Evaporator (need for MEE, design details and principle of MEE, process and operation handling and applications), Disinfection processes, Disinfection with chlorine dioxide, ozone and UV radiation. Dechlorination: Need for dechlorination, Dechlorination with chemicals. Advanced oxidation processes.

UNIT IV: Treatment and disposal of solids: Solids sources and characteristics. Disposal of solids, Composting: Process microbiology, Thickening, Dewatering: Centrifugation, Belt-filter press, Filter presses, Sludge drying beds and lagoons. Heat Drying: Heat transfer methods: process description. Conditioning: Chemical conditioning.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

2. Qasim, S.R., Motley, E.M. and Zhu.G. Water works Engineering – Planning, Design and Operation, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2002.

3. Lee, C.C. and Shun dar Lin, Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, Mc Graw Hill, New York, 1999.

4. Hendricks, D. ‘Water Treatment Unit Processes – Physical and Chemical’ CRC Press, NewYork 2006.

PRACTICALS:

1. Chromatographic techniques – Paper chromatography in the identification of amino acids and plant pigments.

2. Determination of kinetic Coefficients in batch wastewater treatment process. 3. Checking of aerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 4. Checking of anaerobic decomposition of industrial waste. 5. Treatability studies of wastewater.

A. Coagulation-Flocculation Jar Test of Water/Effluents. B. Sludge Volume Index (SVI). C. Food/Microorganisms (F/M) Ratio.

6. Determination of volatile fatty acids (VFAs). 7. Biofilm formation and its role in fixed film processes.

Page 225: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

196  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: NANOBIOTECHNOLOGY & APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBM22 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Introduction to nanoworld, nanomateials, thier properties, top dpwn and bottom up

appraches 2 Preparation, characterization and properties of nanostructures materials 3 biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology 4 biofunctionalization of nanomaterials

UNIT I: Introduction to Nanoworld, Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Introduction to nanomaterials, Properties of materials & nanomaterials, role of size in nanomaterials, nanoparticles,semiconducting nanoparticles, nanowires, nanoclusters, quantum wells, conductivity and enhanced catalytic activity compared to the same materials in the macroscopic state From Biotechnology to Nanobiotechnology. What is Nanobiotechnology? Information-Driven Nanoassembly, Energetics, Top down and bottom up approach forbuildingNanomaterial

UNIT II: Introductory overview, preparation, characterization, and properties of nanostructured materials (e.g., metal nanoparticle, quantum dot, carbon nanotube, polymeric nanocarrier, and silica nanoparticle); Chemical Routes for Synthesis of Nanomaterials: Chemical precipitation and co-precipitation; Metal nanocrystals by reduction,Sol-gel synthesis. Fabricationof Nanomaterials by Physical Methods: -Inertgas condensation, Plasma arc technique,Laser pyrolysis, Ball Milling, Chemical vapor deposition and electro-deposition. UNIT III: Nanobiotechnology: Introduction, Biomolecules as nanostructures and their applications in nanotechnology viz. Biosensors, separation of cells and cell organelles, drug delivery, genetherapy etc., Nanosensors-Miniaturization of Biosensors, Nanomaterial Based Biosensors. Effectof Biosensor in biological and physicochemical techniques, Applications of nanobiotechnology in early medical diagnostics, drug targeting, drug delivery, nanosurgery and other biomedicalfield. UNIT IV: Biofunctionalization of nanomaterials (e.g., cell, nucleic acid, and protein); applications of

Page 226: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

197  

biofunctionalized nanomaterials (e.g., diagnostics and screening technologies, drug delivery); Structural Principles of Nanobiotechnology Construction of Nanomachines, The Raw Materials: Biomolecular Structure and Stability, Protein Folding, Self-Assembly, Self-organization, Molecular Recognition. Flexibility poses great challenges for the design of nanobiomachine, DNA nanostructures DNA Templated Electronics, Sequence –specific molecular lithography, Single Biomolecule Manipulation for Bioelectronics, DNA as a semiconductor, Applications in implants, prostheses, and tissue engineering; toxicity, health,andenvironmental issues.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Niemeyer, C.M. and Mirkin, C.A., Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Applications, and Perspectives, John Wiley & Sons,2004.

2. Malsch, N.H., Biomedical Nanotechnology, Taylor & Francis,2005. 3. Jain, K.K., Nanobiotechnology in Molecular Diagnostics: Current Techniques

and Applications, Horizon Bioscience,2006. 4. Rosanthal, S.J. and Wright, D.W., Nanobiotechnology Protocols, Humana Press,2005. 5. Nalwa, H.S., Handbook of Nanostructured Biomaterials and Their

Applications in Nanobiotechnology, American Scientific Publishers,2005.

6. Stroscio, M. and Dutta, M., Biological Nanostructures and Applications of Nanostructures in Biology:Electrical, Mechanical, and Optical Properties, Springer,2004.

7. Kumar, C.S.S.R., Biofunctionalization of Nanomaterials, John Wiley & Sons,2006. 8. Kelsall, R., Hamley, I.W. and Geoghegan, M., Nanoscale Science and

Technology, John Wiley & Sons,2005. 9. Poole, C.P. and Owens, F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology,John Wiley & Sons, 2003. 10. Wilson, M., Kannangara, K., Smith, G., Simmons, M. and Raguse, B.,

Nanotechnology: Basic Science and Emerging Technologies, Chapman & Hall/CRC,2002.

PRACTICALS:

1. Synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles by coprecipitation method. 2. Biosynthesis of nanoparticles by microorganisms. 3. Preparation of quantum dots of CdS nanoparticles. 4. Activity profile of metal nanoparticles in terms of antimicrobial activity 5. Liposome synthesis and delivery of proteins in the field of nanomedicine.

Page 227: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

198  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: CANCER GENETICS

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBM23 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Students able to understand various types, properties and progression of cancers. 2. Provides information about various genetics and epigenetics factors causing cancers. 3. Focusing on tumor markers, Tumor viruses and Chromosomal defects in cancers. 4. Students unerstand selected familial cancers occuringin populations

UNIT I: Introduction to cancer, Types and properties of cancers, Cell transformation and tumourigenesis

Genetic heterogeneity and clonal evolution, Cancer and environment: physical, chemical and biological carcinogens

UNIT II: Oncogenes, Tumour suppressor genes, DNA repair genes and genetic instability, Epigenetic modifications, telomerase activity, centrosome malfunction

UNIT III: Chromosomal aberrations in neoplasia, Tumour specific markers, Overview of Tumor viruses and Cervical cancer

UNIT IV: Familial cancers: Retinoblastoma, Wilms’ tumour, Prostate cancer, Colorectal cancer, Breast cancer

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts et al 2. Genes VIII by Lewin 3. Molecular Cell Biology by Lodishet al 4. Molecular Genetics of Cancer by Stillman 5. Cell Biology by Cooper

Page 228: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

199  

PRACTICALS:

1. Preparation of Culture Media for Chromosomes analysis. 2. Human Blood Lymphocyte Culture 3. Genetic diagnosis of cancer by PCR 4. Visit to medical hospitals and report submission

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY

GENERAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – IX NAME OF COURSE: VALIDATION, DOCUMENTATION AND cGMP

COURSE CODE: PS09EIBG24 SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Concepts of quality, quality management and its implementation 2. Regulatory guidance’s and guidelines like ICH, WHO and other relevant

documents 3. Good Laboratory Practices, SOPs, handling of deviation 4. Documentation and relevant process related documents

UNIT I: Building and facilities: Location, design, plant layout, maintenance and sanitation, environmental controls. Utilities and services: air/gas, air handling and HVAC systems, sterile and non-sterile area, aseptic process and sterilization methods, Water: purified, distilled and sterile. UNIT II: Concept and philosophy of cGMP in manufacturing, processing, packaging and holding. Organization and personal responsibilities, qualification, experience, training, personal hygiene and clothing. UNIT III: Introduction, definition of validation, planning of validation – the consultant, task force, dedicated group, process characterization, validation protocol. UNIT IV: Prerequisite of validation- design qualification (DQ), Installation qualification (IQ),operational qualification (OQ) and performance qualification (PQ). Validation options, analytical methods validation, cleaning validation and revalidation. Complaints and product recall. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Robert A. Nash, Alfred H. Wachter, Pharmaceutical Process Validation, Vol. 129, Marcel Dekker Inc.

Page 229: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

200  

2. Sidney H. Willing and Murray M. Tuckerman, Good Manufacturing Practices for Pharmaceuticals, Vol. 16, Marcel Dekker Inc.

3. James Swarbrick, James C. Boylan, Encyclopedia by pharmaceutical technology, Marcel Dekker Inc.gtg

4. Sharma PP, How to practice GMPs, 3rd Ed., Vandana Publication. 5. Drug and Cosmetic Act and Rules (Governent of India). 6. Potdar MA, Current Good Manufacturing Practices Pharma-Med Press, Hyderabad. 7. Potdar MA, Pharmaceutical Quality Assurance, NiraliPrakashan, Pune.

PRACTICALS:

1 Working knowledge, calibration of Laboratory equipment like pipette, burette, thermometer etc

2 Validation of the Modern analytical Instruments like UV spectrometer, IR-spectrophotometer, HPLC, etc.

3 Validation of sterilization equipments e.g. Hot air oven, Autoclave. 4 Validation of Analytical procedures

Analysis of pharmaceutical and cosmetic raw materials with the help of instruments.

Page 230: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

201  

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY

Programme M.Sc. Integrated Biotechnology (General Biotechnology)

(Under the Choice based Credit Scheme)

STRUCTURE WITH EFFECT FROM 2021-2022

Type of course Course Code Title T/P CreditExam

Duration in Hrs

Component of Marks Internal External Total Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Total / Passing

Semester - X

Core Course

PS10CIBG21 Biosafety, Bioethics & IPR T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG22 Bioinformatics T 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG23 Practical Based on PS10CIBG21 & PS10CIBG22 P 4 3 30/10 70/28 100/40

PS10CIBG24 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 1 50/20 50/20

Elective Course PS10EIBG21 Dissertation 12 300/120

Total Credit 25

Page 231: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

202 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOSAFETY, BIOETHICS AND IPR COURSE CODE: PS10CIBM21

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to: 1 Students will learn about the ethical issues in biomedical research and the guidelines to

be followed 2 Information about various biosafety issues in biotechnological research and guidelines to

be followed 3 Exposure abour types of IR and patent system in India. 4 Role of WTO, TRIPS. Biodiversity and Indigenous knowledge.

UNIT I: Bioethics Introduction, ethical conflicts in biological sciences - interference with nature, bioethics in health care - patient confidentiality, informed consent, euthanasia, artificial reproductive technologies, prenatal diagnosis, genetic screening, gene therapy, transplantation. Bioethics in research – cloning and stem cell research, Human and animal experimentation, animal rights/welfare, Agricultural biotechnology - Genetically engineered food, environmental risk, labeling and public opinion. Sharing benefits and protecting future generations - Protection of environment and biodiversity – biopiracy. Blue Cross in India, Green Peace: Human rights and responsibilities.

UNIT II: Biosafety Biosafety & Biosecurity - introduction; historical background; introduction to biological safety cabinets; primary containment for biohazards; biosafety levels; GRAS organisms, biosafety levels of specific microorganisms; recommended biosafety levels for infectious agents and infected animals; definition of GMOs & LMOs; principles of safety assessment of transgenic plants – sequential steps in risk assessment; concepts of familiarity and substantial equivalence; risk – environmental risk assessment and food and feed safety assessment; problem formulation – protection goals, compilation of relevant information, risk characterization and development ofanalysis plan; risk assessment of transgenic crops vs cisgenic plants or products derived from RNAi, genome editing tools..

Page 232: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

203 

UNIT III: Introduction to IPR Introduction to intellectual property; types of IP: patents, trademarks, copyright & related rights, industrial design, traditional knowledge, geographical indications, protection of new GMOs; International framework for the protection of IP; IP as a factor in R&D; IPs of relevance to biotechnology and few case studies; introduction to history of GATT, WTO, WIPO and TRIPS; plant variety protection and farmers rights act; concept of ‘prior art’: invention in context of “prior art”; patent databases - country-wise patent searches (USPTO, EPO, India); analysis and report formation.

UNIT IV: National and International Regulations International regulations – Cartagena protocol, OECD consensus documents & Codex Alimentarius; Indian regulations – EPA act and rules, guidance documents, regulatory framework – RCGM, GEAC, IBSC and other regulatory bodies; Draft bill of Biotechnology Regulatory authority of India - containments – biosafety levels and category of rDNA experiments; field trails – biosafety research trials – standard operating procedures - guidelines of state governments; GM labeling – Food Safety & Standards Authority of India (FSSAI).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fleming, D.A., Hunt, D.L., (2000). Biotechnology and Safety Assessment (3rd Ed)Academic press. ISBN- 1555811804,9781555811808.

2. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (1999). Biotechnology and safety assessment (3rd Ed). CRCpress, Washington. ISBN: 1560327219, 9781560327219

3. Law and Strategy of biotechnological patents by Sibley. Butterworthpublication.(2007) ISBN: 075069440, 9780750694445.

4. Intellectual property rights-Ganguli-Tata McGraw Hill. (2001) ISBN-10: 0074638602,5. Intellectual Property Right-Wattal-Oxford Publication House.(1997)

ISBN:0195905024.6. Biotechnology -A comprehensive treatise (Vol. 12). Legal economic and ethical

dimensions VCH. (2nd Ed) ISBN-10 3527304320.7. Encyclopedia of Bioethics 5 Vol set, (2003) ISBN-10: 0028657748.8. Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (2002). Biotechnology and safety Assessment (3 rd Ed)

Academic press.9. M. K. Satish (2011) Bioethics and Biosafety IK International, (P) Ltd, New Delhi10. H.K.Das. Text book of biotechnology 3rd edition.11. Ganguli, P. (2001). Intellectual Property Rights: Unleashing the Knowledge Economy.

New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Pub.12. National IPR Policy, Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of

Commerce, GoI

Page 233: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

204  

13. Kuhse, H. (2010). Bioethics: An Anthology. Malden, MA: Blackwell. 14. Office of the Controller General of Patents, Design & Trademarks; Department of

Industrial Policy & Promotion; Ministry of Commerce & Industry; Government of India. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/

15. Karen F. Greif and Jon F. Merz, Current Controversies in the Biological Sciences - Case Studies of Policy Challenges from New Technologies, MIT Press

16. World Trade Organisation. http://www.wto.org 17. World Intellectual Property Organisation. http://www.wipo.int 18. International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants. http://www.upov.int 19. National Portal of India. http://www.archive.india.gov.in 20. National Biodiversity Authority. http://www.nbaindia.org 21. Recombinant DNA Safety Guidelines, 1990 Department of Biotechnology, Ministry of

Science and Technology, Govt. of India. Retrieved from http://www.envfor.nic.in/divisions/csurv/geac/annex-5.pdf

22. Wolt, J. D., Keese, P., Raybould, A., Fitzpatrick, J. W., Burachik, M., Gray, A., Wu, F. (2009). Problem Formulation in the Environmental Risk Assessment for Genetically Modified Plants. Transgenic Research, 19(3), 425-436. doi:10.1007/s11248-009-9321-9

23. Craig, W., Tepfer, M., Degrassi, G., &Ripandelli, D. (2008). An Overview of General Features of Risk Assessments of Genetically Modified Crops. Euphytica, 164(3), 853- 880. doi:10.1007/s10681-007-9643-8

24. Guidelines for Safety Assessment of Foods Derived from Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008.

25. Guidelines and Standard Operating Procedures for Confined Field Trials of Regulated Genetically Engineered Plants. 2008. Retrieved from http://www.igmoris.nic.in/guidelines1.asp

26. Alonso, G. M. (2013). Safety Assessment of Food and Feed Derived from GM Crops: Using Problem Formulation to Ensure “Fit for Purpose” Risk Assessments. Retrieved from http://biosafety.icgeb.org/inhousepublicationscollectionbiosafetyreviews.

PRACTICALS:

1. Good lab Practices 2. Handling of rDNA in laboratory 3. Disposal of Hazardous waste in laboratory 4. Patent Filing 5. Case study (Traditional Knowledge and Patent related)

Page 234: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

205 

SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITY VALLABH VIDYANAGAR

MASTER OF SCIENCE - INTEGRATED BIOTECHNOLOGY MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY, SEMESTER – X

NAME OF COURSE: BIOINFORMATICS COURSE CODE: PS10CIBM22

SYLLABUS EFFECTIVE FROM: 2021-2022

Course Outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able to:

1. Knowledge of various databases and their uses. Concepts of scoring matrices andsequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences

2. Various methods for prediction of gene structure in Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes,computational RNA Structure analysis and various methods for complete transcriptcataloguing and gene discovery

3. Concepts and tools for genomics and comparative genomics, phylogenetic analysis byvarious types of trees and methods

4. Learning about the tools for proteomics, different algorithms for prediction of secondary& 3D structure of protein and protein folding.

UNIT I: Introduction to Bioinformatics:- Overview, Internet and bioinformatics, Applications. Introduction and Bioinformatics Resources: Knowledge of various databases and bioinformatics tools available at these resources, the major content of the databases, Literature databases: Nucleic acid sequence databases: GenBank, EMBL, DDBJ Protein sequence databases: SWISS-PROT, PDB, SCOP, CATH Genome Databases at NCBI, EBI, Other Databases of Patterns/Motifs/System Biology (Gene and protein network database and resources) Various file formats for bio-molecular sequences: genbank, fasta, gcg, msf, nbrfpir etc. Basic concepts of sequence similarity, identity and homology, Definitions of homologues, orthologues, paralogues, xenologus.

UNIT II: Sequence analysis:- Scoring matrices: basic concept of a scoring matrix, PAM and BLOSUM series. Sequence-based Database Searches: what are sequence-based database searches, BLAST and FASTA algorithms, various versions of basic BLAST and FASTA.

Page 235: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

206  

Pairwise and Multiple sequence alignments: basic concepts of sequence alignment, Needleman &Wuncsh, Smith & Waterman algorithms for pairwise alignments, Progressive and hierarchical algorithms for MSA. UNIT III: Functional genomics:- Use of pairwise alignments and Multiple sequence alignment for analysis of Nucleic acid and protein sequences and interpretation of results. Multiple sequence Alignment: CLUSTAL W Putting together all of the information into a genome database. Definition and description of phylogenetic trees and various types of trees, Molecular basis of evolution, Method of construction of Phylogenetic trees: Distance based method (UPGMA, NJ), Character Based Method (Maximum Parsimony and Maximum Likelihood method). UNIT IV: Molecular Modeling:- Structural classification of proteins, Protein structure analysis structure alignment and comparison, Classes, folds, motif, domain Secondary structure and evaluation: algorithms of Chou Fasman, GOR methods. Tertiary Structure: basic principles and protocols, Methods to study 3D structure. Active site prediction, Protein folding, Protein modeling and drug design. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mount DW, Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis (2nd edition). Spring Harbor Press.

2. Arthur Lesk. Introduction to Bioinformatics. Oxford Uni. Press. 3. Rastogi. Bioinformatics : Methods and Applications. 4. Ghosh Z and Mallick B, Bioinformatics-Principles and Applications, Oxford

University. Press (First Print: 2008; Second Print: 2009) 5. Creighton TE, Protein Structure: A Practical Approach 6. Creighton TE, Protein Structure and Molecular Properties, Freeman 7. Leach AR, Molecular Modeling : Principles and Application 8. Bourne PE, Weissig H, Structural Bioinformatics, Wiley Schlick T. Molecular

Modelling and Simulation An Inter disciplinary Guide, Springer 9. Pevzner PA Computational Molecular BiologyAn Algorithmic Approach. Prentice

Hall 10. Thomas Lengauer ,Bioinformatics - From Genomes to Therapies: Volume 1

PRACTICALS:

1. Introduction of different database of NCBI, 2. Protein Sequence Databases (PIR, SwissProt)

Page 236: SARDAR PATEL UNIVERSITYspuvvn.edu/circulars_and_notices/P G Board Encl - 1.pdfHandbook of plant cell culture (Vols. 1 to 4) – Evans et. al., Macmillan. ¾ Plant tissue and cell culture

207  

3. Introduction of PIR, ExPasy, EMBL, SCOP, CATH 4. Database introduction-Prosite, BLOCKS, Pfam/ Prodom 5. Introduction of Genome browser – UCSC, ensemble, vista 6. Use of L-ALIGN 7. Alignment using BLAST 8. Clustal-W and Phylogenetic Analysis 9. Visualization by RASMOL & SPDBV 10. Homology modeling 11. Docking 12. Ramchandran Plot